Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

USRE41990E1 - Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof - Google Patents

Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
USRE41990E1
USRE41990E1 US11/649,750 US64975007A USRE41990E US RE41990 E1 USRE41990 E1 US RE41990E1 US 64975007 A US64975007 A US 64975007A US RE41990 E USRE41990 E US RE41990E
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
linear
substituted
branched chain
chain alkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime, expires
Application number
US11/649,750
Inventor
Samuel J. Danishefsky
Peter Bertinato
Dai-Shi Su
DongFang Meng
Ting-Chao Chou
Ted Kamenecka
Erik J. Sorensen
Aaron Balog
Kenneth A. Savin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center
Original Assignee
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=27534391&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=USRE41990(E1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center filed Critical Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center
Priority to US11/649,750 priority Critical patent/USRE41990E1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of USRE41990E1 publication Critical patent/USRE41990E1/en
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SLOAN-KETTERING INSTITUTE FOR CANCER RES
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7028—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
    • A61K31/7034—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin
    • A61K31/704—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin attached to a condensed carbocyclic ring system, e.g. sennosides, thiocolchicosides, escin, daunorubicin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/337—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having four-membered rings, e.g. taxol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/475—Quinolines; Isoquinolines having an indole ring, e.g. yohimbine, reserpine, strychnine, vinblastine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/007—Esters of unsaturated alcohols having the esterified hydroxy group bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/24—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D313/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
    • C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages

Definitions

  • This invention was made with government support under grants CA-28824, CA-39821, CA-GM 72231, CA-62948, and AI0-9355 from the National Institutes of Health, and grant CHE-9504805 from the National Science Foundation. Additionally, the present invention was supported in part by a fellowship from the United States Army to Dongfang Meng (DAMD 17-97-1-7146), and thus the government has certain rights in the invention.
  • the present invention is in the field of epothilone macrolides.
  • the present invention relates to processes for the preparation of epothilones A and B, desoxyepothilones A and B, and analogues thereof which are useful as highly specific, non-toxic anticancer therapeutics.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting multidrug resistant cells.
  • the present invention also provides novel compositions of matter which serve as intermediates for preparing the epothilones.
  • Epothilones A and B are highly active anticancer compounds isolated from the Myxobacteria of the genus Sorangium. The full structures of these compounds, arising from an x-ray crystallographic analysis were determined by Höfle. G. Höfle et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 1567. The total synthesis of the epothilones is an important goal for several reasons. Taxol is already a useful resource in chemotherapy against ovarian and breast cancer and its range of clinical applicability is expanding. G. I. Georg et al., Taxane Anticancer Agents; American Cancer Society: San Diego, 1995.
  • the present inventors undertook the total synthesis of the epothilones, and as a result, have developed efficient processes for synthesizing epothilones A and B, the corresponding desoxyepothilones, as well as analogues thereof.
  • the present invention also provides novel intermediates useful in the synthesis of epothilones A and B and analogues thereof, compositions derived from such epothilones and analogues, purified compounds of epothilones A and B, and desoxyepothilones A and B, in addition to methods of use of the epothilone analogues in the treatment of cancer.
  • certain epothilones have been found to be effective not only in reversing multi-drug resistance in cancer cells, both in vitro and in vivo, but have been determined to be active as collateral sensitive agents, which are more cytotoxic towards MDR cells than normal cells, and as synergistic agents, which are more active in combination with other cytotoxic agents, such as vinblastin, than the individual drugs would be alone at the same concentrations.
  • the desoxyepothilones of the invention have exceptionally high specificity as tumor cytotoxic agents in vivo, more effective and less toxic to normal cells than the principal chemotherapeutics currently in use, including taxol, vinblastin, adriamycin and camptothecin.
  • a further object of the present invention is to provide synthetic methods for preparing such intermediates.
  • An additional object of the invention is to provide compositions useful in the treatment of subjects suffering from cancer comprising any of the analogues of the epothilones available through the preparative methods of the invention optionally in combination with pharmaceutical carriers.
  • a further object of the invention is to provide methods of treating subjects suffering from cancer using any of the analogues of the epothilones available through the preparative methods of the invention optionally in combination with pharmaceutical carriers.
  • FIG. 1 (A) shows a retrosynthetic analysis for epothilone A and B.
  • FIG. 1 (B) provides synthesis of compound 11.
  • Phl(OCOCF 3 ) 2 MeOH/THF, rt, 0.25 h, 92%.
  • FIG. 2 provides key intermediates in the preparation of 12,13-E- and -Z-deoxyepothilones.
  • FIGS. 3 (A) and 3 (B) provide syntheses of key iodinated intermediates used to prepare hydroxymethylene- and hydroxypropylene-substituted epothilone derivatives.
  • FIGS. 3 (C) and 3 (D) provide methods of preparing hydroxymethylene- and hydroxypropylene-substituted epothilone derivatives, said methods being useful generally to prepare 12,13-E epothilones wherein R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and n-hexyl from the corresponding E-vinyl iodides.
  • FIGS. 3 (E) and 3 (F) show reactions leading to benzoylated hydroxymethyl-substituted desoxyepothilone and hydroxymethylene-substituted epothilone (epoxide).
  • FIG. 4 (A) provides synthesis of compound 19.
  • FIG. 4 (B) presents synthesis of compound 1.
  • FIG. 5 shows a scheme of the synthesis of the “left wing” of epothilone A.
  • FIGS. 6 (A) and 6 (B) provide a scheme of an olefin metathesis route to epothilone A and other analogues.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a convergent strategy for a total synthesis of epothilone A (1) and the glycal cyclopropane solvolysis strategy for the introduction of geminal methyl groups.
  • FIG. 8 provides an enantioselective synthesis of compound 15B.
  • FIG. 9 shows the construction of epothilone model systems 20B, 21B, and 22B by ring-closing olefin metathesis.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a sedimentation test for natural, synthetic and desoxyepothilone A.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a sedimentation test for natural, synthetic and desoxyepothilone A after cold treatment at 4° C.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates (A) structures of epothilones A (1) and B (2) and (B) of TaxolTM (1A).
  • FIG. 13 shows a method of elaborating acyclic stereochemical relationships based on ghydropyrone matrices.
  • FIGS. 14 (A) and 14 (B) show the preparation of intermediate 4A.
  • FIG. 15 shows an alternative enantioselective synthesis of compound 17A.
  • FIG. 16 provides a synthetic pathway to intermediate 13C.
  • (a) 1. tributyl allyltin, (S)-( ⁇ )-BINOL, Ti(Oi-Pr) 4 , CH 2 Cl 2 , ⁇ 20° C., 60%, >95% e.e.; 2. Ac 2 O, Et 3 N, DMAP, CH 2 Cl 2 , 95%;
  • (b) 1. OsO 4 , NMO, acetone/H 2 O, 0° C.; 2.
  • FIG. 17 provides a synthetic pathway to intermediate epothilone B (2).
  • FIGS. 18 (A) and 18 (B) provide a synthetic pathway to a protected intermediate for 8-desmethyl deoxyepothilone A.
  • FIGS. 19 (A), 19 (B), and 19 (C) provide a synthetic pathway to 8-desmethyl deoxyepothilone A and a transiodoolefin intermediate thereto.
  • FIG. 20 (A) shows structures of epothilones A and B and 8-desmethylepothilone and FIG. 20 (B) shows a synthetic pathway to intermediate TBS ester 10 used in the preparation of desmethylepothilone A.
  • TBSOTf 2,6-lutidine, CH 2 Cl 2 (74% for two steps, 87% ee);
  • (e) Me 4 NBH(OAc) 3 ⁇ 10° C.
  • FIG. 21 shows a synthetic pathway to 8-desmethyiepothilone A.
  • FIGS. 22 (A), 22 (B) and 22 (C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 27D.
  • FIGS. 23 (A), 23 (B) and 23 (C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 24D.
  • FIGS. 24 (A) and 24 (B) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 19D.
  • FIGS. 25 (A), 25 (B), 25 (C) and 25 (D) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 20D.
  • FIGS. 26 (A), 26 (B), 26 (C) and 26 (D) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 22D.
  • FIGS. 27 (A), 27 (B) and 27 (C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 12-hydroxy ethyl epothilone.
  • FIGS. 28 (A) and 28 (B) show the activity of epothilone analogues in a sedimentation test in comparison with DMSO, epothilone A and/or B. Structures 17-20, 22, and 24-27 are shown in FIGS. 29-37 , respectively. Compounds were added to tubulin (1 mg/ml) to a concentration of 10 ⁇ M. The quantity of microtubules formed with epothi lone A was defined as 100%.
  • FIG. 29 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #17.
  • FIG. 30 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #18.
  • FIG. 31 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #19.
  • FIG. 32 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #20.
  • FIG. 33 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #22.
  • FIG. 34 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #24.
  • FIG. 35 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #25.
  • FIG. 36 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #26.
  • FIG. 37 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #27.
  • FIG. 38 provides a graphical representation of the effect of fractional combinations of cytotoxic agents.
  • FIGS. 39 (A) and 39 (B) show epothilone A and epothilone analogues #1-7. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
  • FIGS. 40 (A) and 40 (B) show epothilone B and epothilone analogues #8-16. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
  • FIGS. 41 (A) and 41 (B) show epothilone analogues #17-25. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
  • FIGS. 42 (C) and 42 (D) show epothilone analogues #35-46. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEMNVBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
  • FIGS. 42 (E) shows epothilone analogues #47-49.
  • FIG. 43 (A) shows antitumor activity of desoxyepothilone B against MDR MCF-7/Adr xenograft in comparison with taxol.
  • Control ⁇
  • desoxyepothilone B ⁇ ; 35 mg/kg
  • taxol ⁇ ; 6 mg/kg
  • adriamycin X;1.8 mg/kg
  • i.p. Q2Dx5 start on day 8.
  • FIG. 43 (B) shows antitumor activity of epothilone B against MDR MCF-7/Adr xenograft in comparison with taxol.
  • Control ⁇
  • epothilone B ⁇ ; 25 mg/kg; non-toxic dose
  • taxol ⁇ ; 6 mg/kg; half LD 50
  • adriamycin X;1.8 mg/kg
  • i.p. Q2Dx5 start on day 8.
  • FIG. 44 (A) shows toxicity of desoxyepothilone B in B6D2F, mice bearing B16 melanoma. Body weight was determined at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 days. Control ( ⁇ ); desoxyepothilone B (o; 10 mg/kg QDx8; 0 of 8 died); desoxyepothilone B ( ⁇ ; 20 mg/kg QDx6; 0 of 8 died). Injections were started on day 1.
  • FIG. 44 (B) shows toxicity of epothilone B in B6D2F, mice bearing B16 melanoma. Body weight was determined at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 days. Control ( ⁇ ); epothilone B (o; 0.4 mg/kg QDx6; 1 of 8 died of toxicity); epothilone B ( ⁇ ; 0.8 mg/kg QDx5; 5 of 8 died). Injections were started on day 1.
  • FIG. 45 (A) shows comparative therapeutic effect of desoxyepothilone B and taxol on nude mice bearing MX-1 xenoplant.
  • Tumor s.c; drug administered i.p., Q2Dx5, start on day 7.
  • control ⁇
  • Taxol ⁇ ; 5 mglkg, one half of LD 50
  • desoxyepothilone B ⁇ ; 25 mg/kg; nontoxic dose.
  • FIG. 45 (B) shows comparative therapeutic effect of desoxyepothilone B and taxol on nude mice bearing MX-1 xenoplant.
  • Tumor s.c.; drug administered i.p., Q2Dx5, start on day 7.
  • control ⁇
  • Taxol ⁇ ; 5 mg/kg, one half of LD 50 , given on days 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; then 6 mg/kg, given on days 17, 19, 23, 24, 25
  • desoxyepothilone B n-3; ⁇ , x, *; 25 mg/kg, nontoxic dose, given to three mice on days 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; then 35 mg/kg, given on days 17, 19, 23, 24, 25).
  • FIG. 46 shows the effect of treatment with desoxyepothi lone B (35 mg/kg), taxol (5 mg/kg) and adriamycin (2 mg/kg) of nude mice bearing human MX-1 xenograft on tumor size between 8 and 18 days after implantation.
  • Desoxyepothilone B ( ⁇ ), taxol ( ⁇ ), adriamycin (X), control ( ⁇ ); i.p. treatments were given on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16.
  • FIG. 47 shows the relative toxicity of epothilone B ( ⁇ ; 0.6 mg/kg QDx4; i.p.) and desoxyepothilone B ( ⁇ ; 25 mg/kg QDx4; i.p.) versus control ( ⁇ ) in normal nude mice.
  • Body weight of mice was determined daily after injection.
  • 8 of 8 mice died of toxicity on days 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, and 7; for desoxyepothilone B, all six mice survived.
  • FIG. 48 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #43.
  • FIG. 49 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #45.
  • FIG. 50 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #46.
  • FIG. 51 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #47.
  • FIG. 52 shows a high resolution 1 H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #48.
  • linear or branched chain alkyld encompasses, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • the alkyl group may contain one carbon atom or as many as fourteen carbon atoms, but preferably contains one carbon atom or as many as nine carbon atoms, and may be substituted by various groups, which include, but are not limited to, acyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxy, hydroxy, carboxamido and/or N-acylamino moieties.
  • alkoxycarbonyl encompass, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, hydroxypropylcarbonyl, aminoethoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxycarbonyl and cyclopentyloxycarbonyl.
  • acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl and penanoyl.
  • alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and cyclopentyloxy.
  • an “aryl” encompasses, but is not limited to, a phenyl, pyridyl, pyrryl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl or furyl group, each of which may be substituted by various groups, which include, but are not limited, acyl, aryl alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxy, hydroxy, carboxamido or N-acylamino moieties.
  • aryloxy groups include, but are not limited to, a phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy and 2-naphthoxy.
  • Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, acetoxy, propanoyloxy, butyryloxy, pentanoyloxy and hexanoyloxy.
  • the subject invention provides chemotherapeutic analogues of epothilone A and B, including a compound having the structure: wherein R, R 0 , and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR 1 R 2 , N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R′′ is —CHY ⁇ CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or
  • the invention provides the compound having the structure: wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, or (CH 2 ) 3 OH.
  • the invention also provides a compound having the structure: wherein R, R 0 , and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR 1 R 2 , N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R′′ is —OTY ⁇ CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol
  • the invention provides a compound having the structure: wherein R, R 0 , and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR 1 R 2 , N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R′′ is -CHY ⁇ CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thia
  • the invention further provides a compound having the structure: wherein R, R 5 and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR 1 R 2 , N-hydroximino or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R′′ is —CHY ⁇ CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl,
  • the invention also provides a compound having the structure:
  • the subject invention also provides various intermediates useful for the preparation of the chemotherapeutic compounds epithilone A and B, as well as analogues thereof. Accordingly, the invention provides a key intermediate to epothilone A and its analogues having the structure: wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OTBS or (CH 2 ) 3 -OTBDPS; and X is a halide. In one embodiment, the subject invention provides a compound of the above structure wherein R is acetyl and X is iodo.
  • the subject invention also provides an intermediate having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR) 2 , (SR) 2 , —(O—(CH 2 ) n —O)—, —(O—(CH 2 ) n —S)— or —(S—(CH 2 ) n —S)—; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4. wherein R is H or methyl.
  • Another analogue provided by the invention has the structure: wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, or (CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
  • an analogue provided by the invention is a compound of the formula: wherein R is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n - propyl, n - hexyl, CH 2 OH, ( CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
  • the subject invention provides an analogue having the structure: wherein R is H or methyl.
  • R is H or methyl.
  • the scope of the present invention includes compounds wherein the C 3 carbon therein possesses either an R or S absolute configuration, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • the subject invention further provides an analogue of epothilone A having the structure:
  • the subject invention also provides synthetic routes to prepare the intermediates for preparing epothilones. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of preparing a Z-iodoalkene ester having the structure: wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises (a) coupling a compound having the structure: with a methyl ketone having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, under suitable conditions to form a compound having the structure: (b) treating the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form a Z-iodoalkene having the structure: and (c) deprotecting and acylating the Z-iod
  • the coupling in step (a) may be effected using a strong base such as n-BuLi in an inert polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) at low temperatures, typically below ⁇ 50° C., and preferably at ⁇ 78° C.
  • the treatment in step (b) may comprise sequential reaction with N-iodosuccinimide in the presence of Ag(l), such as silver nitrate, in a polar organic solvent such as acetone, followed by reduction conditions, typically using a hydroborating reagent, preferably using Cy 2 BH.
  • Deprotecting step (c) involves contact with a thiol such as thiophenol in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst, such as boron trifluoride-etherate in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane, followed by acylation with an acyl halide, such as acetyl chloride, or an acyl anhydride, such as acetic anhydride in the presence of a mild base such as pyridine and/or 4-dimethyaminopyridine (DMAP) in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • a Lewis acid catalyst such as boron trifluoride-etherate
  • an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane
  • the subject invention also provides a method of preparing a Z-haloalkene ester having the structure: wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; and wherein X is a halogen, which comprises (a) oxidatively cleaving a compound having the structure: under suitable conditions to form an aldehyde intermediate; and (b) condensing the aldehyde intermediate with a halomethylene transfer agent under suitable conditions to form the Z-haloalkene ester.
  • X is iodine.
  • the method is practiced wherein the halomethylene transfer agent is Ph 3 P ⁇ CHl or (Ph 3 P + CH 2 I)I ⁇ .
  • Disubstituted olefins may be prepared using the haloalkylidene transfer agent Ph 3 P ⁇ CR′l, wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-prop-yl, n-hexyl, CO 2 Et or (CH 2 ) 3 OTBDPS.
  • the oxidative step (a) can be performed using a mild oxidant such as osmium tetraoxide at temperatures of about 0° C., followed by treatment with sodium periodate, or with lead tetraacetate/sodium carbonate, to complete the cleavage of the terminal olefin, and provide a terminal aldehyde.
  • Condensing step (b) occurs effectively with a variety of halomethylenating reagents, such as Wittig reagents.
  • the subject invention further provides a method of preparing an optically pure compound having the structure: wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl; linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises: (a) condensing an allylic organometallic reagent with an unsaturated aldehyde having the structure: under suitable conditions to form an alcohol, and, optionally concurrently therewith, optically resolving the alcohol to form an optically pure alcohol having the structure: (b) alkylating or acylating the optically pure alcohol formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the optically pure compound.
  • the allylic organometallic reagent is an allyl(trialkyl)stannane.
  • the condensing step is effected using a reagent comprising a titanium tetraalkoxide and an optically active catalyst.
  • the 1,2-addition to the unsaturated aldehyde may be performed using a variety of allylic organometallic reagents, typically with an allyltrialkylstannane, and preferably with allyltri-n-butylstannane, in the presence of chiral catalyst and molecular sieves in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • the method may be practiced using titanium tetraalkoxides, such as titanium tetra-n-propoxide, and S-( ⁇ )BINOL as the optically active catalyst.
  • Alkylating or acylating step (b) is effected using any typical alkylating agent, such as alkylhalide or alkyl tosylate, alkyl triflate or alkyl mesylate, any typical acylating agent, such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzoyl chloride or benzoyl anhydride, in the presence of a mild base catalyst in an inert organic solvent, such as dichloromethane.
  • the subject invention also provides a method of preparing an open-chain aldehyde having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises: (a) cross-coupling a haloolefin having the structure: wherein R is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, trialkylsilyl, aryldialkylsilyl, diarylalkylsilyl, triarylsilyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, and X is a halogen, with
  • Cross-coupling step (a) is effected using reagents known in the art which are suited to the purpose.
  • the process may be carried out by hydroborating the pre-acyl component with 9-BBN.
  • the resulting mixed borane may then be cross-coupled with an organometallic catalyst such as PdCl 2 (dppf) 2 , or any known equivalent thereof, in the presence of such ancillary reagents as cesium carbonate and triphenylarsine.
  • Deprotecting step (b) can be carried out with a mild acid catalyst such as p-losic acid, and typically in a mixed aqueous organic solvent system, such as dioxane-water.
  • the open-chain compound can be cyclized using any of a variety of non-nucleophilic bases, such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide or lithium diethyamide.
  • the subject invention also provides a method of preparing an epothilone having the structure: which comprises: (a) deprotecting a cyclized compound having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, under suitable conditions to form a deprotected cyclized compound and oxidizing the deprotected cyclized compound under suitable conditions to form a desoxyepothilone having the structure: and (b) epoxidizing the desoxyepothilone formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the epothilone.
  • Deprotecting step (a) is effected using a sequence of treatments comprising a catalyst such as HF-pyridine, followed by t-butyidimethylsilyl triflate in the presence of a base such as lutidine.
  • a catalyst such as HF-pyridine
  • Dess-Martin oxidation and further deprotection with a catalyst such as HF-pyridine provides the desoxyepothilone.
  • the latter compound can then be epoxidized in step (b) using any of a variety of epoxidizing agents, such acetic peracid, hydrogen peroxide, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, but preferably with dimethyidioxirane, in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • the subject invention further provides a method of preparing an epothilone precursor having the structure: wherein R 1 is hydrogen or methyl; wherein X is O, or a hydrogen and OR′′, each singly bonded to carbon; and wherein R 0 , R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises (a) coupling a compound having the structure: wherein R is an acetyl, with an aldehyde having the structure: wherein Y is oxygen, under suitable conditions to form an aldol intermediate and optionally protecting the aldol intermediate under suitable conditions to form an acyclic epthilone precursor having the structure: (b) subjecting the acylic epot
  • the conditions leading to intramolecular olefin metathesis require the presence of an organometallic catalyst.
  • the catalyst contains Ru or Mo.
  • the coupling step (a) may be effected using a nonnucleophilic base such as lithium diethylamide or lithium diisopropylamide at subambient temperatures, but preferably at about ⁇ 78° C.
  • the olefin metathesis in step (b) may be carried out using any catalyst known in the art suited for the purpose, though preferably using one of Grubbs's catalysts.
  • the present invention provides a compound useful as an intermediate for preparing epothilones having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR*) 2 , (SR*) 2 , —(O—(CH 2 ) n —, —(O—(CH 2 ) n —S)— or —(S—(CH 2 ) n —S)—; wherein R* is a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl; wherein R 2 B is a linear, branched or cyclic boranyl moiety; and
  • the invention also provides the compound having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR) 2 , (SR) 2 , —(O—(CH 2 ) n —O)—, —(O—(CH 2 ) n —S)— or —(S—(CH 2 ) n —S)—; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • the invention provides the compound wherein R′ is TBS, R′′ is TPS and X is (OMe) 2 .
  • the invention further provides a desmethylepothilone analogoue having the structure: wherein R is H or methyl.
  • the invention provides a compound having the structure: wherein R is H or methyl.
  • the invention also provides a transdesmethyldeoxyepothilone analogue having the structure: wherein R is H or methyl.
  • the invention also provides a trans-epothilone having the structure: wherein R is H or methyl.
  • the invention also provides a compound having the structure: wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CO 2 Et or (CH 2 ) 3 OTBDPS. and X is a halogen.
  • the invention provides the compound wherein R is acetyl and X is iodine.
  • the invention additionally provides a method of preparing an open-chain aldehyde having the structure: wherein R is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, trialkylsilyl, aryldialkylsilyl, diarylalkylsilyl, triarylsilyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; and wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
  • the invention also provides a method of preparing a protected epothilone having the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkyl-arylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
  • the invention further provides a method of preparing an epothilone having e structure: which comprises:
  • the invention also provides a method of preparing a cyclic diol having the structure: wherein R′ is a hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
  • the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a subject suffering therefrom comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the analogues related to epothilone B disclosed herein optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
  • the method may be applied where the cancer is a solid tumor or leukemia.
  • the method is applicable where the cancer is breast cancer or melanoma.
  • the subject invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer comprising any of the analogues of epothilone disclosed hereinabove, as an active ingredient, optionally though typically in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer comprising any of the analogues of epothilone disclosed hereinabove, as an active ingredient, optionally though typically in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may further comprise other therapeutically active ingredients.
  • the subject invention further provides a method of treating cancer in a subject suffering therefrom comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the analogues of epothilone disclosed hereinabove and a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
  • the method is especially useful where the cancer is a solid tumor or leukemia.
  • the compounds taught above which are related to epothilones A and B are useful in the treatment of cancer, and particularly, in cases where multidrug resistance is present, both in vivo and in vitro.
  • the ability of these compounds as non-substrates of MDR in cells shows that the compounds are useful to treat, prevent or ameliorate cancer in subjects suffering therefrom.
  • the magnitude of the therapeutic dose of the compounds of the invention will vary with the nature and severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound and its route of administration.
  • the daily dose range for anticancer activity lies in the range of 0.001 to 25 mg/kg of body weight in a mammal, preferably 0.001 to 10 mg/kg, and most preferably 0.001 to 1.0 mg/kg, in single or multiple doses. In unusual cases, it may be necessary to administer doses above 25 mg/kg.
  • Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human, with an effective dosage of a compound disclosed herein.
  • oral, rectal, topical, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, etc. routes may be employed.
  • Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, etc.
  • compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical (including transdermal devices, aerosols, creams, ointments, lotions and dusting powders), parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), pulmonary (nasal or buccal inhalation) or nasal administration.
  • topical including transdermal devices, aerosols, creams, ointments, lotions and dusting powders
  • parenteral including subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravenous
  • ocular ophthalmic
  • pulmonary nasal or buccal inhalation
  • any of the unusual pharmaceutical media may be used, such as water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations (e.g., suspensions, elixers and solutions); or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, etc., in the case of oral solid preparations are preferred over liquid oral preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. If desired, capsules may be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered by controlled release means and devices.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be prepared as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient in powder or granular form or as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid or in an oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion.
  • Such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. In general compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers; or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired form.
  • a tablet may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granule optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent or surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • THP glycidol 13; A solution of (R)-(+)-glycidol 12 (20 g; 270 mmol) and freshly distilled 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (68.1 g; 810 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (900 ml) was treated with pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (2.1 g; 8.36 mmol) at rt and the resulting solution was stirred for 16 h. Approximately 500% of the solvent was then removed in vacuo and the remaining solution was diluted with ether (1 L).
  • Alcohol 13a Trimethylsilylacetylene (32.3 g; 329 mmol) was added via syringe to THF (290 ml), and the resulting solution was cooled to ⁇ 78° C. and treated with n-butyllithium (154 ml of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes; 246.4 mmol). After 15 min, boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (34.9 g; 246 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min.
  • MOM ether 13b A solution of alcohol 13a (24 g; 88.9 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (108 ml; 622 mmol) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (600 ml) was treated with chloromethyl methyl ether (17 ml; 196 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated to 55° C. for 28 h. The dark mixture was then cooled to rt and treated with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (300 ml). The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 ml) and brine (200 ml).
  • Alcohol 14 A solution of THP ether 13b (20 g; 63.7 mmol) in methanol (90 ml) was treated with pyridimum p-toluenesulfonate (4.0 g; 15.9 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (100 ml), and the excess methanol was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ether (300 ml), and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 ml) and brine (200 ml). The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 40-50% ether:hexanes) provided alcohol 14 (13.1 g; 95%) as a colorless oil.
  • Alcohol 14a To a cooled ( ⁇ 78° C.) solution of oxalyl chloride (24.04 ml of a 2.0 M solution in CH 2 Cl 2 ; 48.08 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (165 ml) was added anhydrous DMSO (4.6 ml; 64.1 mmol) in dropwise fashion. After 30 min, a solution of alcohol 14 (6.93 g; 32.05 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (65 ml+10 ml rinse) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 40 min.
  • Ketone 15 A solution of alcohol 14 (1.0 g; 4.35 mmol), 4 ⁇ mol. sieves, and N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (1.0 g; 8.7 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (20 ml) at rt was treated with a catalytic amount of tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate, and the resulting black suspension was stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of silica gel (ether rinse), and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 10% ether:hexanes) afforded ketone 15 (924 mg; 93%) as a light yellow oil.
  • Alkene 17 A cooled ( ⁇ 78° C.) solution of phosphine oxide 16 (1.53 g; 4.88 mmol) in THF (15.2 ml) was treated with n-butyllithium (1.79 ml of a 2.45 M solution in hexanes). After 15 min, the orange solution was treated with a solution of ketone 15 (557 mg; 2.44 mmol) in THF (4.6 ml). After 10 min, the cooling bath was removed, and the solution was allowed to warm to rt. The formation of a precipitate was observed as the solution warmed. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 ml).
  • Alkynyl iodide formation To a solution of the alkyne 17 (3.00 g, 9.29 mmol) in acetone (100 mL) at 0° C. was added NIS (2.51 g; 11.2 mmol) and AgNO 3 (0.160 g; 0.929 mmol). The mixture was then slowly warmed to rt. After 1.5 h, the reaction was poured into Et 2 O (250 mL) and washed once with sat bisulfite (40 mL), once with sat NaHCO 3 (40 mL), once with brine (40 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 . Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using gradient elution with hexanes/ethyl acetate (10:1-7:1) gave 2.22 g (64%) of the iodide 17a as an amber oil.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with Et 2 O (100 mL) and washed successively with aqueous NH 4 Cl (20 mL), water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL).
  • the crude aldehyde was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50% Et 2 O in hexanes to provide aldehyde 8 (1.90 g, 90%) as a colorless oil.
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1.98 g, 5.54 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0° C. was treated with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (5.04 mL, 1M in THF, 5.04 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min.
  • Aldehyde 9a (2.0 g, 2.52 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at this temperature for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH 4 Cl (15 mL) and extracted with Et 2 O (3 ⁇ 20 mL).
  • Lactone 22 (32 mg, 0.0376 mmol) was treated with 1 ml of pyridine buffered HF-pyridine—THF solution at room temperture for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed in sequence with saturated CuSO 4 (10 ml ⁇ 3) and saturated NaHCO 3 (10 ml), then dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 25% EtOAc in hexane) and to give diol 22a (22 mg, 99%) as white foam.
  • TBS-protection To a cooled ( ⁇ 30° C.) solution of diol 22a (29 mg, 0.0489 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.017 ml, 0.147 mmol) in anhydrous CH 2 Cl 2 (1 ml) was added TBSOTf (0.01 5 ml, 0.0646 mmol). The resulting solution was then stirred at ⁇ 30° C. for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 0.5M HCl (10 ml) and extracted with ether (15 ml). Ether layer was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo. Purifiction of the residue by flash chromatogrphy (silica, 8% EtOAc in hexane) afforded TBS ether 22B (32 mg, 93%) as white foam.
  • Ketone Formation To a solution of alcohol 220 (30 mg, 0.0424 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2.0 mL) at 25° C. was added Dess-Martin periodinane (36 mg, 0.0848 mmol) in one portion. The resulting solution was then allowed to stir at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 1:1 saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate: sodium thiosulfate (10 ml) and stirred for 5 min. The mixture was then extracted with ether (3 ⁇ 15 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Epothilone To a cooled ( ⁇ 50° C.) solution of desoxyepothilone (9 mg, 0.0189 mmol) in dry CH 2 Cl 2 (1 ml) was added freshly prepared dimethyldioxirane (0.95 ml, 0.1 M in acetone). The resulting solution was allowed to warm up to ⁇ 30° C. for 2 h. A stream of nitrogen was then bubbled through the solution to remove excess DMDO. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 40% EtOAc in hexane) and afforded epothilone A (4.6 mg, 49%) as colorless solid and 0.1 mg of cis-epoxide diastereomer. This material was identical with the natural epothilone A in all respects.
  • Alcohol 2A A mixture of (S)-( ⁇ )-1,1′-bi-2-naphthol (259 mg. 0.91 mmoL), Ti(O-i-Pr) 4 (261 ⁇ L;0.90 mmol), and 4 ⁇ sieves (3.23g) in CH 2 Cl 2 (16 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and aldehyde 1 was added. After 10 min the suspension was cooled to ⁇ 78° C., and allyl tributyltin (3.6 mL; 11.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at ⁇ 78° C. and then placed in a ⁇ 20° C. freezer for 70 h.
  • Acetate 3A To a solution of alcohol 2A (264 mg; 1.26 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (12 mL) was added DMAP (15 mg: 0.098 mmol), Et 3 N (0.45 mL; 3.22 mmol), and Ac 2 O (0.18 mL; 1.90 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched by 20 mL of H 2 O, and extracted with EtOAC (4 ⁇ 20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried with MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatrography (EtOAC/hexanes, 1:3) afforded acetate 3A as a yellow oil (302 mg; 96%).
  • Iodoolefin acetate 8C To a suspension of ethyltriphenylphosphonium iodide (1.125 g, 2.69 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added nBuLi (2.5M soln in hexanes, 1.05 mL, 2.62 mmol) at rt. After disappearance of the solid material, the solution was added to a mixture of iodine (0.613 g, 2.41 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at ⁇ 78° C.
  • the resulting suspension was vigorously stirred for 5 min at ⁇ 78° C., then warmed up ⁇ 20° C., and treated with sodium hexamethyldisilazane (1M soln in THF, 2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol).
  • the resulting red solution was stirred for 5 min followed by the slow addition of aldehyde 9C (0.339 g, 1.34 mmol).
  • the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 20° C. for 40 min, diluted with pentane (50 mL), filtered through a pad of celite, and concentrated.
  • Acetal 13C To a solution of olefin “7C” (0.082 g, 0.13 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added 9-BBN (0.5 M soln in THF, 0.4 mL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring at rt. for 3.5 h, an additional portion of 9-BBN (0.5 M soln in THF, 0.26 mL, 0.13 mmol) was added. In a separate flask, iodide 8C (0.063 g, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL).
  • Aldehyde 14C Acetal 13C (0.069 g, 0.077 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane/H 2 O (9:1, 1 mL) and pTSA.H 2 O (0.045 g, 0.237 mmol) was added. The mixture was then heated to 55° C. After 3 h, the mixture was cooled to rt, poured into Et 2 O, and extracted with Et 2 O (4 ⁇ 15 mL). The combined ether solutions were washed with sat NaHCO 3 (1 ⁇ 30 mL), brine (1 ⁇ 30 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 3:1) gave 0.046 g (71%) of the aldehyde 14C as a pale yellow oil.
  • Macrocycle 15C-(SR) To a solution of aldehyde 14C (0.021 g, 0.024 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at ⁇ 78° C. was added KHMDS (0.5M soln in toluene, 0.145 mL, 0.073 mmol). The solution was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 1 h, then quenched with sat'd N H 4 Cl, and extracted with ether (3 ⁇ 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated.
  • KHMDS 0.5M soln in toluene, 0.145 mL, 0.073 mmol
  • Diol 15C′′ The silyl ether 15C-(S) (0.010 g, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in HF.pyridine/pyridine/THF (1 mL). The solution was stirred at rt. for 2 h, then diluted with Et 2 O (1 mL), poured into a mixture of Et 2 O/sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL, 1:1), and extracted with Et 2 O (4 ⁇ 10 mL). The Et 2 O solutions were washed with sat CuSO 4 (3 ⁇ 30 mL), sat NaHCO 3 (1 ⁇ 30 mL), brine (1 ⁇ 30 mL), dried with MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 9:1) gave 0.0066 g (93%) of the diol 15C′′ as a pale yellow oil.
  • Alcohol 15C′′′ To a solution of diol 15C′′ (0.0066 g, 0.011 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 at ⁇ 78° C. was added 2,6-lutidine (7 ⁇ L, 0.060 mmol) and TBSOTf (5 ⁇ L, 0.022 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at ⁇ 30° C. for 0.5 h, then quenched with H 2 O (5 mL), and extracted with Et 2 O (4 ⁇ 10 mL). The ether solutions were washed with 0.5M HCl (1 ⁇ 10 mL), sat'd NaHCO 3 (1 ⁇ 10 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 93:7) gave 0.0070 g (89%) of the alcohol 15C′′′ as a pale yellow oil.
  • Ketone 16C To a solution of alcohol 15C′′′ (0.006 g, 0.0083 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 at rt. was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.030 g, 0.071 mmol). After 1.25 h, another portion of Dess-Martin periodinane (0.025 mg, 0.059 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for additional 0.75 h, treated with ether (1 mL) and sat'd Na 2 S 2 O 3 /sat'd NaHCO 3 (2 mL, 1:1), poured into H 2 O (20 mL), and extracted with ether (4 ⁇ 10 mL).
  • Epothilone B (2) To a solution of desoxyepothilone B (0.0022 g, 0.0041 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (0.25 mL) at ⁇ 50° C. was added dimethyldioxirane (0.1 mL, 0.0095 mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at ⁇ 50° C. for 1 h. The dimethyldioxirane and solvent were removed by a stream of N 2 .
  • Crotylation product To a stirred mixture of potassium tert-butoxide (1.0M soln in THF, 50.4 mL, 50.4 mmol), THF (14 mL), and cis-2-butene (9.0 mL, 101 mmol) at ⁇ 78° C. was added n-BuLi (1.6M, in hexanes, 31.5 mL, 50.4 mmol). After complete addition of n-BuLi, the mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 10 min and then cooled to ⁇ 78° C. (+)-B-Methoxydiisopinocampheylborane (19.21 g, 60.74 mmol) was then added dropwise in Et 2 O (10 mL).
  • the crude material was placed in a bulb-to-bulb distillation apparatus to remove the ligand from the desired product. Heating at 80° C. at 2 mm Hg removed 90% of the lower boiling ligand. Further purification of the alcohol 4D was achieved by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with Et 2 O in CH 2 Cl 2 (2%-4%) to give pure alcohol 4D as a clear oil.
  • the erythro selectivty was >50:1 as judged by 1 H NMR spectroscopy.
  • TBS ether SD Alcohol 4D (5.00 g, 21.4 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (150 mL) and 2,6-lutidine (9.97 mL, 85.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and TBSOTf (9.83 mL, 42.8 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was then warmed to rt. After 1 h, the reaction was poured into Et 2 O (300 mL) and washed once with 1N HCl (50 mL), once with sat NaHCO 3 (50 mL), once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 .
  • Aldehyde 6D The olefin 5 (4.00 g, 11.49 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 (100 mL). Pyridine (4.0 mL) was then added and the mixture cooled to ⁇ 78° C. Ozone was then bubbled through the reaction for 10 minutes before the color turned light blue in color. Oxygen was then bubbled through the reaction for 10 min. Dimethyl sulfide (4.0 mL) was then added and the reaction slowly warmed to rt. The reaction was stirred overnight and then the volatiles were removed in vacuo.
  • Dianion addition product 7D The tert-butyl isobutyrylacetate (0.653 g, 3.51 mmol) was added to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.188 g, 4.69 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at rt. After 10 min, the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After an additional 10 min, n-BuLi (1.6M in hexanes, 2.20 mL, 3.52 mmol) was slowly added. After 30 min, the aldehyde 6D (1.03 g, 2.93 mmol) was added neat. After 10 min, the reaction was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with Et 2 O (2 ⁇ 75 mL).
  • Suzuki coupling The acetate acid 13D was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (7:1-4:1). This was further purified by preparative-TLC eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) to remove unreacted vinyl iodide 12D from the acetate acid 13D. Isolated yield of the acid was 0.297 g (62% based on 90% purity with borane residues).
  • Epoxide formation Diol 16D (0.008 g, 0.017 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (1.0 mL) and cooled to ⁇ 60° C. Dimethyldioxirane (0.06 M, 0.570 mL, 0.0034 mmol) was then slowly added. The reaction temperature was slowly warmed to ⁇ 25° C. After 2 h at ⁇ 25° C., the volatiles were removed from the reaction at ⁇ 25° C. under vacuum.
  • the first known method for preparing epothilone A (1) is provided by this invention.
  • Carbons 9 through 11 insulate domains of chirality embracing carbons 3 through 8 on the acyl side of the macrolactone, and carbons 12 through 15 on the alkyl side. Transmitting stereochemical information from one of the segments to the other is unlikely. Thus, the approach taken deals with the stereochemistry of each segment individually.
  • this strategy required knowledge of both the relative and absolute configurations of the “polypropionate-like” network.
  • the alkyl segment two possibilities emerge. In one instance, the C12-C13 epoxide would be included in the construct undergoing merger with the acyl related substructure.
  • the first stage merger of the acyl and alkyl fragments (see bold arrow 1) posed a difficult synthetic hurdle. It is recognized in the art (P. Bertinato, et al., J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 8000; vide infra) that significant resistance is encountered in attempting to accomplish bond formation between carbons 9 and 10 or between carbons 10 and 11, wherein the epoxide would be included in the alkyl coupling partner. These complications arose from unanticipated difficulties in fashioning acyl and alkyl reactants with the appropriate complementarity for merger across either of these bonds. An initial merger between carbons 11 and 12 was examined. This approach dictated deletion of the oxirane linkage from the O-alkyl coupling partner.
  • the method of synthesis disclosed herein provides workable, practical amounts of epothilone A. More importantly, it provides routes to congeners, analogues and derivatives not available from the natural product itself. Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Use of Hydropyran Templates For the Management of Acyclic Stereochemical Relationships.
  • Route 1 which does not per se involve control of the issue of absolute configuration, commences with the known aldehyde 10A.
  • carbinol 14A was subjected to lipase 30, in the presence of isopropenyl acetate, following the prescriptions of Wong (Hsu, S.-H., et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31, 6403)to provide acetate 15A in addition to the enantiomerically related free glycal 16A.
  • Compound 15A was further advanced to the PMB protected system 17A. At this juncture, it was possible to use another reaction type previously demonstrated by the present inventors.
  • reaction of 17A with dimethyldioxirane Dimethyldioxirane (Danishefsky, S. J.; Bilodeau, M. T. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
  • Ring-forming olefin metathesis has been employed to construct 16-membered ring congeners related to epothilone A.
  • a stereospecific synthesis of the C3-C9 sector of the acyl fragment was achieved by exploiting a novel oxidative opening of a cyclopropanated glycal.
  • system 3B One of the interesting features of system 3B is the presence of geminal methyl groups at carbon 4 (epothilone numbering). Again, use is made of a dihydropyran strategy to assemble a cyclic matrix corresponding, after appropriate disassembly, to a viable equivalent of system 3B. The expectation was to enlarge upon the dihydropyran paradigm to include the synthesis of gem-dimethyl containing cyclic and acyclic fragments. The particular reaction type for this purpose is generalized under the heading of transformation of 4B ⁇ 5B (see FIG. 7 ). Commitment as to the nature of the electrophile E is avoided. Accordingly, the question whether a reduction would or would not be necessary in going from structure type 5B to reach the intended generalized target 3B is not addressed.
  • the opening step consisted of a stereochemically tuneable version of the diene-aldehyde cyclocondensation reaction ( FIG. 8 ; Danishefsky, S. J., Aldrichimica Acta, 1986, 19, 59), in this instance drawing upon chelation control in the merger of the readily available enantiomerically homogenous aldehyde 6B with the previously known diene 7B.
  • olefin metathesis is therefore amenable to the challenge of constructing the sixteen membered ring containing both the required epoxy and thiazolyl functions of the target system. It is pointed out that no successful olefin metathesis reaction has yet been realized from secosystems bearing a full compliment of functionality required to reach epothilone. These negative outcomes may merely reflect a failure to identify a suitable functional group constraint pattern appropriate for macrocylization.
  • the present invention provides the first total synthesis of epothilone A (1).
  • Important preparative features of the present method include the enantioselective synthesis of the trisubstituted vinyl iodide 8C, the palladium-mediated stereospecific coupling of compounds 7C and 8C to produce compound 13C (a virtually unprecedented reaction in this form), and the amenability of Z-desoxyepothilone B (2C) to undergo regio- and stereoselective epoxidation under appropriate conditions.
  • TaxolTM paclitaxel
  • MDR multidrug resistance
  • the present invention provides epothilone analogs that are more effective and more readily synthesized than epothilone A or B.
  • the syntheses of the natural products provide ample material for preliminary biological evaluation, but not for producing adequate amounts for full development.
  • One particular area where a structural change could bring significant relief from the complexities of the synthesis would be in the deletion of the C8 methyl group from the polypropionate domain (see target system 3D).
  • the need to deal with this C8 chiral center complicates all of the syntheses of epothilone disclosed thus far. Deletion of the C8 methyl group prompts a major change in synthetic strategy related to an earlier diene-aldehyde cyclocondensation route.
  • MTP Microtubule protein
  • assembly buffer containing 0.1 M MES (2-(N-morpholino) ethanesulfonic acid), 1 mM EGTA, 0.5 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM GTP and 3M glycerol, pH 6.6.
  • concentration of tubulin in MTP was estimated to be about 85%.
  • CCRF-CEM CCRF-CEM/VBL
  • CCRF-CEM/VM 1 Compound IC 50 ( ⁇ M) b IC 50 ( ⁇ M) b IC 50 ( ⁇ M) b 16D 5.00 5.75 6.29 3D 0.439 2.47 0.764 epothilone A 0.003 0.020 0.003 desoxyepothilone A 0.022 0.012 0.013 epothilone B 0.0004 0.003 0.002 desoxyepothilone B 0.009 0.017 0.014 paclitaxel 0.002 3.390 0.002 a
  • the cytotoxicities of test compounds were determined by the growth of human lymphoblastic leukemic cells CCRF/CEM, or their sublines resistant to vinblastine and taxol (CCRF-CEM/VBL) or resistant to etoposide (CCRF-CEM/VBL) or resistant to etoposide (CCRF-CEM/VBL) or resistant to etopo
  • model system 1 is desoxyepothilone.
  • Model system 2 has the structure: wherein R′ and R′′ are H.
  • Model system 3 has the structure:
  • CCRF-CEM is the parent cell line.
  • CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR cell line
  • CCRF-CEM/VM Topo II mutated cell line
  • Taxol Epothilone A>Desoxy Epothilone A>>Triol Analog>>Model System I
  • CCRF-CEM/VM cells are collaterally sensitive to certain epothilone compounds.
  • DC-3F Actinomycin D>Vinblastine ⁇ Epothilone A (0.0036 ⁇ M)>Desoxy epothilone>VP-16>Taxol (0.09 ⁇ M)>Model system I and triol analog
  • DC-3F/ADX Desoxyepothilone ⁇ Epothilone A (0.06 ⁇ M)>Actinomycin D>Model system I>Vinblastine>triol analog>viablastine>taxol (32.0 ⁇ M)
  • DC-3F/ADX cells (8379-fold resistant to actinomycin D) are >338 fold (ca. 8379 fold) resistant to Taxol, VP-16, Vinblastine and Actinomycin D but ⁇ 20 fold resistant to epothilone compounds.
  • Taxol + VBL ⁇ Antagonism EpoB + Taxol ⁇ Antagonism EpoB + VBL ⁇ Synergism EpoB + Taxol + VBL ⁇ Antagonism *Combination index values ⁇ 1, 1, and >1 indicate synergism, additive effect, and antagonism, respectively.
  • epothilones and taxol have similar modes of action by stabilizing polymerization of microtubules.
  • epothilones and taxol have distinct novel chemical structures.
  • MDR cells are 1500-fold more resistant to taxol (CCRF-CEM/VBL cells), epothilone A showed only 8-fold resistance and epothilone B showed only 5-fold resistance.
  • Epo B is 6-fold more potent than Epo A and 10-fold more potent than Taxol.
  • Desoxyepothilone B and compd #24 are only 3-4-fold less potent than Taxol and compound #27 is >2-fold more potent than Taxol.
  • Taxol and vinblastine showed antagonism against CCRF-CEM tumor cells, whereas the combination of Epo B+vinblastine showed synergism.
  • Epo B (0.0021; 1/6* [1]**)>#27 (0.0072; 1/20.6)>#1 (0.012; 1/34.3)>#10 (0.017; 1/48.6)>Epo A (0.020; 1/57.1 [1/9.5])>#6 (0.035)>#20 (0.049)>#24 (0.053)x#25 (0.077)>#22 (0.146)>#26 (0.197)>#17 (0.254)>#11 (0.262)>VBL (0.332; 1/948.6 [1/158.1])>Taxol (4.14; 1/11828 [1/1971.4])>VP-16 (10.33; 1/29514 [1/4919]) *Potency in parentheses is relative to Epo B in CCRF-CEM cells. **Potency in square brackets is relative to Epo B in CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR cells.
  • mice in each group Control, 15; Epothilone B, 8; Desoxythilone B, 5 and Taxol, 8.
  • the average tumor volume of control group on day 5, 7, 9 and 11 were 16, 138, 436 and 1207 mm 3 , respectively. See FIGS. 44(a) and (b).
  • One moribund mouse was sacrificed for toxicological examinations on day 11.
  • mice in each group Control, 8; Desoxyepothilone B, 6; Epothilone B, 7; Taxol, 7 and Vinblastine, 7.
  • the average tumor volume of control group on day 11, 13, 15 and 17 were 386, 915, 1390 and 1903 mm 3 , respectively See FIG. 45.
  • b One out of six mice with no detectable tumor on day 35.
  • d Four mice died of drug toxicity on day 13, 13, 13, 15.
  • e One mouse died of toxicity on day 15.
  • desoxyepothilone B performs significantly better than taxol, vinblastine, adriamycin and camptothecin against MDR tumor xenografts (human mammary adeoncarcinoma MCF-7/Adr xenografts).
  • MDR tumor xenografts human mammary adeoncarcinoma MCF-7/Adr xenografts.
  • This drug-resistant tumor grows very aggressively and is refractory to taxol and adriamycin at half their lethal doses.
  • Taxol at 6 mg/kg i.p. Q2Dx5 reduced tumor size only 10% while adriamycin resulted in only a 22% reduction on day 17.
  • desoxyepothilone B at 35 mg/kg reduced tumor size by 66% on day 17 and yet showed no reduction in body weight or apparent toxicity. Even at the LD 50 dosage for taxol (12 mg/kg) or adriamycin (3 mg/kg), desoxyepothilone B still performed more effectively. By comparison, camptothecin at 1.5 and 3.0 mg/kg reduced tumor size by 28% and 57%, respectively. Overall, in comparison with the four important anticancer drugs in current use, i.e., taxol, adriamycin, vinblastine and camptothecin, desoxyepothilone B showed superior chemotherapeutic effect against MDR xenografts.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides convergent processes for preparing epothilone A and B, desoxyepothilones A and B, and analogues thereof. Also provided are analogues related to epothilone A and B and intermediates useful for preparing same. The present invention further provides novel compositions based on analogues of the epothilones and methods for the treatment of cancer and cancer which has developed a multidrug-resistant phenotype.

Description

This application is a continuation application filed under 37 C.F.R. §1.53(b) of application Ser. No. 08/986,025, filed Dec. 3, 1997 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,242,469, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, which is based on U.S. Provisional Application Serial Nos. 60/032,282, 60/033,767, 60/047,566, 60/047,941, and 60/055,533, filed Dec. 3, 1996, Jan. 14, 1997, May 22, 1997, May 29, 1997, and Aug. 13, 1997, respectively, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference into this application.
This invention was made with government support under grants CA-28824, CA-39821, CA-GM 72231, CA-62948, and AI0-9355 from the National Institutes of Health, and grant CHE-9504805 from the National Science Foundation. Additionally, the present invention was supported in part by a fellowship from the United States Army to Dongfang Meng (DAMD 17-97-1-7146), and thus the government has certain rights in the invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is in the field of epothilone macrolides. In particular, the present invention relates to processes for the preparation of epothilones A and B, desoxyepothilones A and B, and analogues thereof which are useful as highly specific, non-toxic anticancer therapeutics. In addition, the invention provides methods of inhibiting multidrug resistant cells. The present invention also provides novel compositions of matter which serve as intermediates for preparing the epothilones.
Throughout this application, various publications are referred to, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety into this application to more fully describe the state of the art to which the invention pertains.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Epothilones A and B are highly active anticancer compounds isolated from the Myxobacteria of the genus Sorangium. The full structures of these compounds, arising from an x-ray crystallographic analysis were determined by Höfle. G. Höfle et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 1567. The total synthesis of the epothilones is an important goal for several reasons. Taxol is already a useful resource in chemotherapy against ovarian and breast cancer and its range of clinical applicability is expanding. G. I. Georg et al., Taxane Anticancer Agents; American Cancer Society: San Diego, 1995. The mechanism of the cytotoxic action of taxol, at least at the in vitro level, involves stabilization of microtubule assemblies. P. B. Schiff et al., Nature (London), 1979, 277, 665. A series of complementary in vitro investigations with the epothilones indicated that they share the mechanistic theme of the taxoids, possibly down to the binding sites to their protein target. D. M. Bollag et al., Cancer Res., 1995, 55, 2325. Moreover, the epothilones surpass taxol in terms of cytotoxicity and far surpass it in terms of in vitro efficacy against drug resistant cells. Since multiple drug resistance (MDR) is one of the serious limitations of taxol (L. M. Landino and T. L. MacDonald in The Chemistry and Pharmacology of Taxol and its Derivatives, V. Farin, Ed., Elsevier: New York, 1995, ch. 7, p. 301), any agent which promises relief from this problem merits serious attention. Furthermore, formulating the epothilones for clinical use is more straightforward than taxol.
Accordingly, the present inventors undertook the total synthesis of the epothilones, and as a result, have developed efficient processes for synthesizing epothilones A and B, the corresponding desoxyepothilones, as well as analogues thereof. The present invention also provides novel intermediates useful in the synthesis of epothilones A and B and analogues thereof, compositions derived from such epothilones and analogues, purified compounds of epothilones A and B, and desoxyepothilones A and B, in addition to methods of use of the epothilone analogues in the treatment of cancer. Unexpectedly, certain epothilones have been found to be effective not only in reversing multi-drug resistance in cancer cells, both in vitro and in vivo, but have been determined to be active as collateral sensitive agents, which are more cytotoxic towards MDR cells than normal cells, and as synergistic agents, which are more active in combination with other cytotoxic agents, such as vinblastin, than the individual drugs would be alone at the same concentrations.
Remarkably, the desoxyepothilones of the invention have exceptionally high specificity as tumor cytotoxic agents in vivo, more effective and less toxic to normal cells than the principal chemotherapeutics currently in use, including taxol, vinblastin, adriamycin and camptothecin.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One object of the present invention is to provide processes for the preparation of epothilones A and B, and desoxyepothilones A and B, and related compounds useful as anticancer therapeutics. Another object of the present invention is to provide various compounds useful as intermediates in the preparation of epothilones A and B as well as analogues thereof.
A further object of the present invention is to provide synthetic methods for preparing such intermediates. An additional object of the invention is to provide compositions useful in the treatment of subjects suffering from cancer comprising any of the analogues of the epothilones available through the preparative methods of the invention optionally in combination with pharmaceutical carriers.
A further object of the invention is to provide methods of treating subjects suffering from cancer using any of the analogues of the epothilones available through the preparative methods of the invention optionally in combination with pharmaceutical carriers.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1(A) shows a retrosynthetic analysis for epothilone A and B.
FIG. 1(B) provides synthesis of compound 11. (a) t-BuMe2OTf, 2,6-lutidine, CH2Cl2, 98%; (b) (1) DDQ, CH2Cl2/H2O, 89%; (2) (COCl)2, DMSO, CH2Cl2, −78° C.; then Et3N, −78° C.→rt, 90%; (c) MeOCH2PPh3Cl, t-BuOK, THF, 0° C.→rt, 86%; (d) (1) p-TsOH, dioxane/H2O, 50° C., 99%; (2) CH3PPh3Br, NaHMDS, PhCH3, 0° C.→rt, 76%; (e) Phl(OCOCF3)2, MeOH/THF, rt, 0.25 h, 92%.
FIG. 2 provides key intermediates in the preparation of 12,13-E- and -Z-deoxyepothilones.
FIGS. 3(A) and 3(B) provide syntheses of key iodinated intermediates used to prepare hydroxymethylene- and hydroxypropylene-substituted epothilone derivatives.
FIGS. 3(C) and 3(D) provide methods of preparing hydroxymethylene- and hydroxypropylene-substituted epothilone derivatives, said methods being useful generally to prepare 12,13-E epothilones wherein R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and n-hexyl from the corresponding E-vinyl iodides.
FIGS. 3(E) and 3(F) show reactions leading to benzoylated hydroxymethyl-substituted desoxyepothilone and hydroxymethylene-substituted epothilone (epoxide).
FIG. 4(A) provides synthesis of compound 19. (a) DHP, PPTS, CHCH2Cl2, rt: (b) (1) Me3SiCCLi, BF3.OEt2, THF, −78° C.; (2) MOMCl, I-Pr2NEt, Cl(CH2)2Cl, 55° C.; (3) PPTS, MeOH, rt; (c) (1) (COCl)2, DMSO, CH2Cl2, −78° C.; then Et3N, −78° C.→rt; (2) MeMgBr, Et2O, 0° C.→rt, (3) TRAP, NMO, 4 Å mol. sieves, CH2Cl2, 0° C.→rt,; (d) 16, n-BuLi, THF, −78° C.; then 15, THF, −78° C.→rt; (e) (1) N-iodosuccinimide, AgNO3, (CH3)2CO; (2) Cy2BH, Et2O, AcOH; (f) (1) PhSH, BF3.OEt2, CH2Cl2, rt; (2) Ac2O, pyridine, 4-DMAP, CH2Cl2, rt.
FIG. 4(B) presents synthesis of compound 1. (a) 11, 9-BBN, THF, rt; then PdCl2(dppf)2, Cs2CO3, Ph3As, H2O, DMF, 19, rt, 71%; (b) p-TsOH, dioxane/H2O, 50° C.; (c) KHMDS, THF, −78° C., 51%; (d) (1) HF-pyridine, pyridine, THF, rt, 97%; (2) t-BuMe2 SiOTf, 2,6-lutidine, CH2Cl2, −25° C., 93%; (3) Dess-Martin periodinane, CH2Cl2, 87%; (4) HF-pyridine, THF, rt, 99%; (e) dimethyidioxirane, CH2Cl2, 0.5 h, −50° C., 45% (≧20: 1).
FIG. 5 shows a scheme of the synthesis of the “left wing” of epothilone A.
FIGS. 6(A) and 6(B) provide a scheme of an olefin metathesis route to epothilone A and other analogues.
FIG. 7 illustrates a convergent strategy for a total synthesis of epothilone A (1) and the glycal cyclopropane solvolysis strategy for the introduction of geminal methyl groups.
FIG. 8 provides an enantioselective synthesis of compound 15B.
FIG. 9 shows the construction of epothilone model systems 20B, 21B, and 22B by ring-closing olefin metathesis.
FIG. 10 illustrates a sedimentation test for natural, synthetic and desoxyepothilone A.
FIG. 11 illustrates a sedimentation test for natural, synthetic and desoxyepothilone A after cold treatment at 4° C.
FIG. 12 illustrates (A) structures of epothilones A (1) and B (2) and (B) of Taxol™ (1A).
FIG. 13 shows a method of elaborating acyclic stereochemical relationships based on ghydropyrone matrices.
FIGS. 14(A) and 14(B) show the preparation of intermediate 4A.
FIG. 15 shows an alternative enantioselective synthesis of compound 17A.
FIG. 16 provides a synthetic pathway to intermediate 13C. (a) 1. tributyl allyltin, (S)-(−)-BINOL, Ti(Oi-Pr)4, CH2Cl2, −20° C., 60%, >95% e.e.; 2. Ac2O, Et3N, DMAP, CH2Cl2, 95%; (b) 1. OsO4, NMO, acetone/H2O, 0° C.; 2. NaIO4, THF/H2O; (c) 12, THF, −20° C., Z isomer only, 25% from 10; (d) Pd(dppf)2, Cs2CO3, Ph3As, H2O, DMF, rt. 77%.
FIG. 17 provides a synthetic pathway to intermediate epothilone B (2). (a) p-TsOH, dioxane/H2O, 55° C., 71%; (b) KHMDS, THF, −78° C., 67%, α/β: 1.5:1; (c) Dess-Martin periodinane, CH2Cl2; (d) NaBH4, MeOH, 67% for two steps; (e) 1. HF-pyridine, pyridine, THF, rt, 93%; 2. TBSOTf, 2,6-lutidine, CH2Cl2, −30° C., 89%; 3. Dess-Martin periodinane, CH2Cl2, 67%; (f) HF-pyridine, THF, rt, 80%; (g) dimethyldioxirane, CH2Cl2, −50° C., 70%.
FIGS. 18(A) and 18(B) provide a synthetic pathway to a protected intermediate for 8-desmethyl deoxyepothilone A.
FIGS. 19(A), 19(B), and 19(C) provide a synthetic pathway to 8-desmethyl deoxyepothilone A and a transiodoolefin intermediate thereto.
FIG. 20(A) shows structures of epothilones A and B and 8-desmethylepothilone and FIG. 20(B) shows a synthetic pathway to intermediate TBS ester 10 used in the preparation of desmethylepothilone A. (a) (Z)-Crotyl-B[(−)-1pc]2, −78° C., Et2O, then 3 N NaOH, 30% H2O2; (b) TBSOTf, 2,6-lutidine, CH2Cl2 (74% for two steps, 87% ee); (c) O3, CH2Cl2/MeOH, −78° C., then DMS, (82%); (d) t-butyl isobutyrylacetate, NaH, BuLi, 0° C., then 6 (60%, 10:1); (e) Me4NBH(OAc)3, −10° C. (50%, 10:1 α/β) or NaBH4, MeOH, THF, 0° C., (88%, 1:1 α/β); (f) TBSOTf, 2,6-lutidine, −40° C., (88%); (g) Dess-Martin periodinane, (90%); (h) Pd(OH)2, H2, EtOH (96%); (1) DMSO, oxalyl chloride; CH2Cl2, −78° C. (78%); (0) Methyl triphenylphosphonium bromide, NaHMDS, THF, 0° C. (85%); (k) TBSOTf, 2,6-lutidine, CH2Cl2, rt (87%).
FIG. 21 shows a synthetic pathway to 8-desmethyiepothilone A. (a) Pd(dppf)2Cl2, Ph3As, CS2CO, H2O, DMF, rt (62%); (b) K2CO3, MeOH, H2O (78%); (c) DCC, 4-DMAP, 4-DMAP.HCl, CHCl3 (78%); (d) HF.pyr, THF, rt (82%), (e) 3,3-dimethyl dioxirane, CH2Cl2, −35° C. (72%, 1.5:1).
FIGS. 22(A), 22(B) and 22(C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 27D.
FIGS. 23(A), 23(B) and 23(C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 24D.
FIGS. 24(A) and 24(B) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 19D.
FIGS. 25(A), 25(B), 25(C) and 25(D) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 20D.
FIGS. 26(A), 26(B), 26(C) and 26(D) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 22D.
FIGS. 27(A), 27(B) and 27(C) show a synthetic pathway to prepare epothilone analogue 12-hydroxy ethyl epothilone.
FIGS. 28(A) and 28(B) show the activity of epothilone analogues in a sedimentation test in comparison with DMSO, epothilone A and/or B. Structures 17-20, 22, and 24-27 are shown in FIGS. 29-37, respectively. Compounds were added to tubulin (1 mg/ml) to a concentration of 10 μM. The quantity of microtubules formed with epothi lone A was defined as 100%.
FIG. 29 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #17.
FIG. 30 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #18.
FIG. 31 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #19.
FIG. 32 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #20.
FIG. 33 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #22.
FIG. 34 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #24.
FIG. 35 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #25.
FIG. 36 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #26.
FIG. 37 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #27.
FIG. 38 provides a graphical representation of the effect of fractional combinations of cytotoxic agents.
FIGS. 39(A) and 39(B) show epothilone A and epothilone analogues #1-7. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
FIGS. 40(A) and 40(B) show epothilone B and epothilone analogues #8-16. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
FIGS. 41(A) and 41(B) show epothilone analogues #17-25. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
    • FIGS. 42(A) and 42(B) show epothilone analogues #26-34. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEMIVBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
FIGS. 42(C) and 42(D) show epothilone analogues #35-46. Potencies against human leukemia CCRF-CEM (sensitive) and CCRF-CEMNVBL MDR (resistant) sublines are shown in round and square brackets, respectively.
FIGS. 42(E) shows epothilone analogues #47-49.
FIG. 43(A) shows antitumor activity of desoxyepothilone B against MDR MCF-7/Adr xenograft in comparison with taxol. Control (♦); desoxyepothilone B (▪; 35 mg/kg); taxol (▴; 6 mg/kg); adriamycin (X;1.8 mg/kg); i.p. Q2Dx5; start on day 8.
FIG. 43(B) shows antitumor activity of epothilone B against MDR MCF-7/Adr xenograft in comparison with taxol. Control (♦); epothilone B (▪; 25 mg/kg; non-toxic dose); taxol (▴; 6 mg/kg; half LD50); adriamycin (X;1.8 mg/kg); i.p. Q2Dx5; start on day 8.
FIG. 44(A) shows toxicity of desoxyepothilone B in B6D2F, mice bearing B16 melanoma. Body weight was determined at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 days. Control (▴); desoxyepothilone B (o; 10 mg/kg QDx8; 0 of 8 died); desoxyepothilone B (●; 20 mg/kg QDx6; 0 of 8 died). Injections were started on day 1.
FIG. 44(B) shows toxicity of epothilone B in B6D2F, mice bearing B16 melanoma. Body weight was determined at 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 days. Control (▴); epothilone B (o; 0.4 mg/kg QDx6; 1 of 8 died of toxicity); epothilone B (●; 0.8 mg/kg QDx5; 5 of 8 died). Injections were started on day 1.
FIG. 45(A) shows comparative therapeutic effect of desoxyepothilone B and taxol on nude mice bearing MX-1 xenoplant. Tumor, s.c; drug administered i.p., Q2Dx5, start on day 7. control (♦); Taxol (□; 5 mglkg, one half of LD50); desoxyepothilone B (Δ; 25 mg/kg; nontoxic dose).
FIG. 45(B) shows comparative therapeutic effect of desoxyepothilone B and taxol on nude mice bearing MX-1 xenoplant. Tumor, s.c.; drug administered i.p., Q2Dx5, start on day 7. control (♦); Taxol (□; 5 mg/kg, one half of LD50, given on days 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; then 6 mg/kg, given on days 17, 19, 23, 24, 25); desoxyepothilone B (n-3; Δ, x, *; 25 mg/kg, nontoxic dose, given to three mice on days 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; then 35 mg/kg, given on days 17, 19, 23, 24, 25).
FIG. 46 shows the effect of treatment with desoxyepothi lone B (35 mg/kg), taxol (5 mg/kg) and adriamycin (2 mg/kg) of nude mice bearing human MX-1 xenograft on tumor size between 8 and 18 days after implantation. Desoxyepothilone B (▪), taxol (Δ), adriamycin (X), control (♦); i.p. treatments were given on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16.
FIG. 47 shows the relative toxicity of epothilone B (□; 0.6 mg/kg QDx4; i.p.) and desoxyepothilone B (Δ; 25 mg/kg QDx4; i.p.) versus control (♦) in normal nude mice. Body weight of mice was determined daily after injection. For epothilone B, 8 of 8 mice died of toxicity on days 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, and 7; for desoxyepothilone B, all six mice survived.
FIG. 48 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #43.
FIG. 49 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #45.
FIG. 50 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #46.
FIG. 51 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #47.
FIG. 52 shows a high resolution 1H NMR spectrum of epothilone analogue #48.
 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
As used herein, the term “linear or branched chain alkyld” encompasses, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. The alkyl group may contain one carbon atom or as many as fourteen carbon atoms, but preferably contains one carbon atom or as many as nine carbon atoms, and may be substituted by various groups, which include, but are not limited to, acyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxy, hydroxy, carboxamido and/or N-acylamino moieties.
As used herein, the terms “alkoxycarbonyl”, “acyl” and “alkoxy” encompass, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, hydroxypropylcarbonyl, aminoethoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxycarbonyl and cyclopentyloxycarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl and penanoyl. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and cyclopentyloxy.
As used herein, an “aryl” encompasses, but is not limited to, a phenyl, pyridyl, pyrryl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl or furyl group, each of which may be substituted by various groups, which include, but are not limited, acyl, aryl alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxy, hydroxy, carboxamido or N-acylamino moieties. Examples of aryloxy groups include, but are not limited to, a phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy and 2-naphthoxy. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, acetoxy, propanoyloxy, butyryloxy, pentanoyloxy and hexanoyloxy.
The subject invention provides chemotherapeutic analogues of epothilone A and B, including a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00001
wherein R, R0, and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR1R2, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R1 and R2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R″ is —CHY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; wherein Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein Z is O, N(OR3) or N—NR4R5, wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently H or a linear or branched alkyl; and wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In one embodiment, the invention provides the compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00002
wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, CH2OH, or (CH2)3OH.
The invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00003
wherein R, R0, and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR1R2, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R1 and R2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R″ is —OTY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6indolyl; wherein Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein Z is O, N(OR3) or N—NR4R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl; and wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In a certain embodiment, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00004
wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl or CH2OH.
In addition, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00005
wherein R, R0, and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR1R2, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R1 and R2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R″ is -CHY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; wherein Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein Z is O, N(OR3) or N—NR4R5, wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl; and wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In particular, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00006
wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, CH2OH or (CH2)3OH.
The invention further provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00007
wherein R, R5 and R′ are independently H, linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorine, NR1R2, N-hydroximino or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R1 and R2 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein R″ is —CHY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; and wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, 2-methyl-1,3-thiazolinyl, 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 4-furanyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, imidazolyl, 2-methyl-1,3-oxazolinyl, 3-indolyl or 6-indolyl; wherein Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl; wherein Z is O, N(OR3) or N—NR4R5, wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl; and wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
The invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00008
The subject invention also provides various intermediates useful for the preparation of the chemotherapeutic compounds epithilone A and B, as well as analogues thereof. Accordingly, the invention provides a key intermediate to epothilone A and its analogues having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00009
wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl,
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00010
CH2OTBS or (CH2)3-OTBDPS; and X is a halide. In one embodiment, the subject invention provides a compound of the above structure wherein R is acetyl and X is iodo.
The subject invention also provides an intermediate having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00011
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR)2, (SR)2, —(O—(CH2)n—O)—, —(O—(CH2)n—S)— or —(S—(CH2)n—S)—; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4.
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00012
wherein R is H or methyl.
Another analogue provided by the invention has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00013
wherein R is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, CH2OH, or (CH2)3OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00014
In some embodiments, an analogue provided by the invention is a compound of the formula:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00015
wherein R is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, (CH 2)3 OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00016
Additionally, the subject invention provides an analogue having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00017
wherein R is H or methyl. The scope of the present invention includes compounds wherein the C3 carbon therein possesses either an R or S absolute configuration, as well as mixtures thereof.
The subject invention further provides an analogue of epothilone A having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00018
The subject invention also provides synthetic routes to prepare the intermediates for preparing epothilones. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of preparing a Z-iodoalkene ester having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00019
wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises (a) coupling a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00020
with a methyl ketone having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00021
wherein R′ and R″ are independently a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, under suitable conditions to form a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00022
(b) treating the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form a Z-iodoalkene having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00023
and (c) deprotecting and acylating the Z-iodoalkene formed in step (b) under suitable conditions to form the Z-iodoalkene ester. The coupling in step (a) may be effected using a strong base such as n-BuLi in an inert polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) at low temperatures, typically below −50° C., and preferably at −78° C. The treatment in step (b) may comprise sequential reaction with N-iodosuccinimide in the presence of Ag(l), such as silver nitrate, in a polar organic solvent such as acetone, followed by reduction conditions, typically using a hydroborating reagent, preferably using Cy2BH. Deprotecting step (c) involves contact with a thiol such as thiophenol in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst, such as boron trifluoride-etherate in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane, followed by acylation with an acyl halide, such as acetyl chloride, or an acyl anhydride, such as acetic anhydride in the presence of a mild base such as pyridine and/or 4-dimethyaminopyridine (DMAP) in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
The subject invention also provides a method of preparing a Z-haloalkene ester having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00024
wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; and wherein X is a halogen, which comprises (a) oxidatively cleaving a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00025
under suitable conditions to form an aldehyde intermediate; and (b) condensing the aldehyde intermediate with a halomethylene transfer agent under suitable conditions to form the Z-haloalkene ester. In one embodiment of the method, X is iodine. In another embodiment, the method is practiced wherein the halomethylene transfer agent is Ph3P═CHl or (Ph3P+CH2I)I−. Disubstituted olefins may be prepared using the haloalkylidene transfer agent Ph3P═CR′l, wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-prop-yl, n-hexyl,
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00026
CO2Et or (CH2)3OTBDPS. The oxidative step (a) can be performed using a mild oxidant such as osmium tetraoxide at temperatures of about 0° C., followed by treatment with sodium periodate, or with lead tetraacetate/sodium carbonate, to complete the cleavage of the terminal olefin, and provide a terminal aldehyde. Condensing step (b) occurs effectively with a variety of halomethylenating reagents, such as Wittig reagents.
The subject invention further provides a method of preparing an optically pure compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00027
wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl; linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises: (a) condensing an allylic organometallic reagent with an unsaturated aldehyde having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00028
under suitable conditions to form an alcohol, and, optionally concurrently therewith, optically resolving the alcohol to form an optically pure alcohol having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00029
(b) alkylating or acylating the optically pure alcohol formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the optically pure compound. In one embodiment of the method, the allylic organometallic reagent is an allyl(trialkyl)stannane. In another embodiment, the condensing step is effected using a reagent comprising a titanium tetraalkoxide and an optically active catalyst. In step (a) the 1,2-addition to the unsaturated aldehyde may be performed using a variety of allylic organometallic reagents, typically with an allyltrialkylstannane, and preferably with allyltri-n-butylstannane, in the presence of chiral catalyst and molecular sieves in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane. Preferably, the method may be practiced using titanium tetraalkoxides, such as titanium tetra-n-propoxide, and S-(−)BINOL as the optically active catalyst. Alkylating or acylating step (b) is effected using any typical alkylating agent, such as alkylhalide or alkyl tosylate, alkyl triflate or alkyl mesylate, any typical acylating agent, such as acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzoyl chloride or benzoyl anhydride, in the presence of a mild base catalyst in an inert organic solvent, such as dichloromethane.
The subject invention also provides a method of preparing an open-chain aldehyde having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00030
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises: (a) cross-coupling a haloolefin having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00031
wherein R is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, trialkylsilyl, aryldialkylsilyl, diarylalkylsilyl, triarylsilyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, and X is a halogen, with a terminal olefin having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00032
—wherein (OR′″), is (OR0)2, (SR0)2, —(O—(CH2)n—O)—, —(O—(CH2)n—S)— or —(S—(CH2)n—S)— where R0 is a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4, under suitable conditions to form a cross-coupled compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00033
wherein Y is CH(OR*)2 where R* is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl; and (b) deprotecting the cross-coupled compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the open-chain compound. Cross-coupling step (a) is effected using reagents known in the art which are suited to the purpose. For example, the process may be carried out by hydroborating the pre-acyl component with 9-BBN. The resulting mixed borane may then be cross-coupled with an organometallic catalyst such as PdCl2(dppf)2, or any known equivalent thereof, in the presence of such ancillary reagents as cesium carbonate and triphenylarsine. Deprotecting step (b) can be carried out with a mild acid catalyst such as p-losic acid, and typically in a mixed aqueous organic solvent system, such as dioxane-water. The open-chain compound can be cyclized using any of a variety of non-nucleophilic bases, such as potassium hexamethyldisilazide or lithium diethyamide.
The subject invention also provides a method of preparing an epothilone having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00034
which comprises: (a) deprotecting a cyclized compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00035
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, under suitable conditions to form a deprotected cyclized compound and oxidizing the deprotected cyclized compound under suitable conditions to form a desoxyepothilone having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00036
and (b) epoxidizing the desoxyepothilone formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the epothilone. Deprotecting step (a) is effected using a sequence of treatments comprising a catalyst such as HF-pyridine, followed by t-butyidimethylsilyl triflate in the presence of a base such as lutidine. Dess-Martin oxidation and further deprotection with a catalyst such as HF-pyridine provides the desoxyepothilone. The latter compound can then be epoxidized in step (b) using any of a variety of epoxidizing agents, such acetic peracid, hydrogen peroxide, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, but preferably with dimethyidioxirane, in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
The subject invention further provides a method of preparing an epothilone precursor having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00037
wherein R1 is hydrogen or methyl; wherein X is O, or a hydrogen and OR″, each singly bonded to carbon; and wherein R0, R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises (a) coupling a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00038
wherein R is an acetyl, with an aldehyde having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00039
wherein Y is oxygen, under suitable conditions to form an aldol intermediate and optionally protecting the aldol intermediate under suitable conditions to form an acyclic epthilone precursor having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00040
(b) subjecting the acylic epothilone precursor to conditions leading to intramolecular olefin metathesis to form the epothilone precursor. In one embodiment of the method, the conditions leading to intramolecular olefin metathesis require the presence of an organometallic catalyst. In a certain specific embodiment of the method, the catalyst contains Ru or Mo. The coupling step (a) may be effected using a nonnucleophilic base such as lithium diethylamide or lithium diisopropylamide at subambient temperatures, but preferably at about −78° C. The olefin metathesis in step (b) may be carried out using any catalyst known in the art suited for the purpose, though preferably using one of Grubbs's catalysts.
In addition, the present invention provides a compound useful as an intermediate for preparing epothilones having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00041
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR*)2, (SR*)2, —(O—(CH2)n—, —(O—(CH2)n—S)— or —(S—(CH2)n—S)—; wherein R* is a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl; wherein R2B is a linear, branched or cyclic boranyl moiety; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the compound wherein R′ is TBS, R″ is TPS and X is (OMe)2. A preferred example of R2B is derived from 9-BBN.
The invention also provides the compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00042
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein X is oxygen, (OR)2, (SR)2, —(O—(CH2)n—O)—, —(O—(CH2)n—S)— or —(S—(CH2)n—S)—; and wherein n is 2, 3 or 4. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the compound wherein R′ is TBS, R″ is TPS and X is (OMe)2.
The invention further provides a desmethylepothilone analogoue having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00043
wherein R is H or methyl.
The invention provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00044
wherein R is H or methyl.
The invention also provides a transdesmethyldeoxyepothilone analogue having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00045
wherein R is H or methyl.
The invention also provides a trans-epothilone having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00046
wherein R is H or methyl.
The invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00047
wherein R is hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; wherein R′ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl,
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00048
CO2Et or (CH2)3OTBDPS.
and X is a halogen. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the compound wherein R is acetyl and X is iodine.
The invention additionally provides a method of preparing an open-chain aldehyde having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00049
wherein R is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, trialkylsilyl, aryldialkylsilyl, diarylalkylsilyl, triarylsilyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; and wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
    • (a) cross-coupling a haloolefin having the structure:
      Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00050
      • wherein X is a halogen, with a terminal borane having the structure:
        Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00051
        • wherein R*2B is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl boranyl moiety; and wherein Y is (OR0)2, (SR0)2, —(O—(CH2)n—O)—, —(O—(CH2)n—S)— or —(S—(CH2)n—S)— where R0 is a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl; and
          • wherein n is 2, 3 or 4, under suitable conditions to form a cross-coupled compound having the structure:
            Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00052
            and
    • (b) deprotecting the cross-coupled compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the open-chain aldehyde. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the method wherein R is acetyl; R′ is TBS; R″ is TPS; R*2B is derived from 9-BBN; and Y is (OMe)2. Cross-coupling step (a) is effected using reagents known in the art which are suited to the purpose. For example, the mixed borane may be cross-coupled with an organometallic catalyst such as PdCl2(dppf)2, or any known equivalent thereof, in the presence of such reagents as cesium carbonate and triphenylarsine. Deprotecting step (b) can be carried out using a mild acid catalyst such as p-tosic acid, typically in a mixed aqueous organic solvent system, such as dioxane-water.
The invention also provides a method of preparing a protected epothilone having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00053
wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkyl-arylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
    • (a) monoprotecting a cyclic diol having the structure:
      Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00054
      • under suitable conditions to form a cyclic alcohol having the structure:
        Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00055
        and
    • (b) oxidizing the cyclic alcohol formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the protected epothilone. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the method wherein R′ and R″ are TBS. The monoprotecting step (a) may be effected using any of a variety of suitable reagents, including TBSOTf in the presence of a base in an inert organic solvent. The base may be a non-nucleophilic base such as 2,6-lutidine, and the solvent may be dichloromethane. The reaction is conducted at subambient temperatures, preferably in the range of −30° C. The oxidizing step (b) utilizes a selective oxidant such as Dess-Martin periodinane in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane. The oxidation is carried out at ambient temperatures, preferably at 20-25° C.
The invention further provides a method of preparing an epothilone having e structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00056
which comprises:
    • (a) deprotecting a protected cyclic ketone having the structure:
      Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00057
      • wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, under suitable conditions to form a desoxyepothilone having the structure:
        Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00058
    • and (b) epoxidizing the desoxyepothilone formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form the epothilone. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the method wherein R′ and R″ are TBS. Deprotecting step (a) is carried out by means of a treatment comprising a reagent such as HF-pyridine. The deprotected compound can be epoxidized in step (b) using an epoxidizing agent such acetic peracid, hydrogen peroxide, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, but preferably with dimethyidioxirane, in an inert organic solvent such as dichloromethane.
The invention also provides a method of preparing a cyclic diol having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00059
wherein R′ is a hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl, which comprises:
    • (a) cyclizing an open-chain aldehyde having the structure:
      Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00060
      • wherein R is a linear or branched alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl, trialkylsilyl, aryldialkylsilyl, diarylalkylsilyl, triarylsilyl, linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl; and wherein R″ is a hydrogen, a linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or benzyl, trialkylsilyl, dialkylarylsilyl, alkyldiarylsilyl, a linear or branched acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aroyl or benzoyl under suitable conditions to form an enantiomeric mixture of a protected cyclic alcohol having the structure:
        Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00061
      • said mixture comprising an α- and a β-alcohol component;
    • (b) optionally isolating and oxidizing the α-alcohol formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form a ketone and thereafter reducing the ketone under suitable conditions to form an enantiomeric mixture of the protected cyclic alcohol comprising substantially the β-alcohol; and
    • (c) treating the protected cyclic alcohol formed in step (a) or (b) with a deprotecting agent under suitable conditions to form the cyclic diol. In certain embodiments, the invention provides the method wherein R′ is TBS and R″ is TPS. Cyclizing step (a) is performed using any of a variety of mild nonnucleophilic bases such as KHMDS in an inert solvent such as THF. The reaction is carried out at subambient temperatures, preferably between −90° C. and −50° C., more preferably at −78° C. Isolation of the unnatural alpha-OH diastereomer is effected by any purification method, including any suitable type of chromatography or by crystallization. Chromatographic techniques useful for the purpose include high pressure liquid chromatography, counter-current chromatography or flash chromatography. Various column media are suited, including, inter alia, silica or reverse phase support. The beta-OH derivative is then oxidized using a selective oxidant, such as Dess-Martin periodinane. The resulting ketone is the reduced using a selective reductant. Various hydridoborane and aluminum hydride reagents are effective. A preferred reducing agent is sodium borohydride. Treating step (c) may be effected using a variety of deprotecting agents, including HF-pyridine.
In addition, the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a subject suffering therefrom comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the analogues related to epothilone B disclosed herein optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier. The method may be applied where the cancer is a solid tumor or leukemia. In particular, the method is applicable where the cancer is breast cancer or melanoma.
The subject invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer comprising any of the analogues of epothilone disclosed hereinabove, as an active ingredient, optionally though typically in combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may further comprise other therapeutically active ingredients.
The subject invention further provides a method of treating cancer in a subject suffering therefrom comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the analogues of epothilone disclosed hereinabove and a pharmaceutically suitable carrier. The method is especially useful where the cancer is a solid tumor or leukemia.
The compounds taught above which are related to epothilones A and B are useful in the treatment of cancer, and particularly, in cases where multidrug resistance is present, both in vivo and in vitro. The ability of these compounds as non-substrates of MDR in cells, as demonstrated in the Tables below, shows that the compounds are useful to treat, prevent or ameliorate cancer in subjects suffering therefrom.
The magnitude of the therapeutic dose of the compounds of the invention will vary with the nature and severity of the condition to be treated and with the particular compound and its route of administration. In general, the daily dose range for anticancer activity lies in the range of 0.001 to 25 mg/kg of body weight in a mammal, preferably 0.001 to 10 mg/kg, and most preferably 0.001 to 1.0 mg/kg, in single or multiple doses. In unusual cases, it may be necessary to administer doses above 25 mg/kg.
Any suitable route of administration may be employed for providing a mammal, especially a human, with an effective dosage of a compound disclosed herein. For example, oral, rectal, topical, parenteral, ocular, pulmonary, nasal, etc., routes may be employed. Dosage forms include tablets, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, capsules, creams, ointments, aerosols, etc.
The compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal, topical (including transdermal devices, aerosols, creams, ointments, lotions and dusting powders), parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), pulmonary (nasal or buccal inhalation) or nasal administration. Although the most suitable route in any given case will depend largely on the nature and severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the active ingredient. They may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
In preparing oral dosage forms, any of the unusual pharmaceutical media may be used, such as water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations (e.g., suspensions, elixers and solutions); or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, etc., in the case of oral solid preparations are preferred over liquid oral preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. If desired, capsules may be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. In addition to the dosage forms described above, the compounds of the invention may be administered by controlled release means and devices.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be prepared as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient in powder or granular form or as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid or in an oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion. Such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. In general compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers; or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired form. For example, a tablet may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granule optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent or surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
The present invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described in the claims which follow thereafter. It will be understood that the processes of the present invention for preparing epothilones A and B, analogues thereof and intermediates thereto encompass the use of various alternate protecting groups known in the art. Those protecting groups used in the disclosure including the Examples below are merely illustrative.
EXAMPLE 1
THP glycidol: 13; A solution of (R)-(+)-glycidol 12 (20 g; 270 mmol) and freshly distilled 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (68.1 g; 810 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (900 ml) was treated with pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (2.1 g; 8.36 mmol) at rt and the resulting solution was stirred for 16 h. Approximately 500% of the solvent was then removed in vacuo and the remaining solution was diluted with ether (1 L). The organic layer was then washed with two portions of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (500 ml), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 25→50% ether:hexanes) afforded THP glycidol 13 (31.2 g; 73%) as a colorless liquid: IR(film): 2941, 1122, 1034 cm−1; 1H NMR(CDCl3, 500MHz) d 4.66(t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J=11.7, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.73 (dd, J=11.8, 5.03 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=11.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, J=11.7, 6.4, 1H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.67 (dd, J=5.2 2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (dd, J=5.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.52 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 98.9, 98.8, 68.5, 67.3, 62.4, 62.2, 50.9, 50.6, 44.6, 44.5, 30.5, 30.4, 25.4, 19.3, 19.2; [α]D=+4.98 (c=2.15, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 2
Alcohol 13a: Trimethylsilylacetylene (32.3 g; 329 mmol) was added via syringe to THF (290 ml), and the resulting solution was cooled to −78° C. and treated with n-butyllithium (154 ml of a 1.6 M solution in hexanes; 246.4 mmol). After 15 min, boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (34.9 g; 246 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min. A solution of epoxide 13 (26 g; 164.3 mmol) in THF (130 ml) was then added via a cannula and the resulting solution was stirred for 5.5 h at −78° C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (250 ml) and the solution was allowed to warm to rt. The mixture was then diluted with ether (600 ml) and washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (250 ml), water (250 ml), and brine (250 ml). The organic layer was then dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 20% ether:hexanes) provided alcohol 13a (34 g; 76%).
EXAMPLE 3
MOM ether 13b: A solution of alcohol 13a (24 g; 88.9 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (108 ml; 622 mmol) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (600 ml) was treated with chloromethyl methyl ether (17 ml; 196 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated to 55° C. for 28 h. The dark mixture was then cooled to rt and treated with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (300 ml). The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 ml) and brine (200 ml). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4) and filtered through a pad of silica gel (ether rinse). Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 20-30% ether:hexanes) afforded MOM ether 13b (23.7 g; 85%) as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 4
Alcohol 14: A solution of THP ether 13b (20 g; 63.7 mmol) in methanol (90 ml) was treated with pyridimum p-toluenesulfonate (4.0 g; 15.9 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (100 ml), and the excess methanol was removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ether (300 ml), and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 ml) and brine (200 ml). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 40-50% ether:hexanes) provided alcohol 14 (13.1 g; 95%) as a colorless oil.
EXAMPLE 5
Alcohol 14a: To a cooled (−78° C.) solution of oxalyl chloride (24.04 ml of a 2.0 M solution in CH2Cl2; 48.08 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (165 ml) was added anhydrous DMSO (4.6 ml; 64.1 mmol) in dropwise fashion. After 30 min, a solution of alcohol 14 (6.93 g; 32.05 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (65 ml+10 ml rinse) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at −78° C. for 40 min. Freshly distilled triethylamine (13.4 ml; 96.15 mmol) was then added, the cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ether (500 ml), and washed successively with two portions of water (250 ml) and one portion of brine (250 ml). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated.
The crude aldehyde (6.9 g) prepared in the above reaction was dissolved in ether (160 ml) and cooled to 0° C. Methylmagnesium bromide (32.1 ml of a 3.0 M solution in butyl ether; 96.15 mmol) was then added, and the solution was allowed to warm slowly to rt. After 10 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was diluted with ether (200 ml) and washed successively with water (150 ml) and brine (150 ml). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 40-50% ether:hexanes) provided alcohol 14a (6.3 g; 85% from 14).
EXAMPLE 6
Ketone 15: A solution of alcohol 14 (1.0 g; 4.35 mmol), 4 Å mol. sieves, and N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (1.0 g; 8.7 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 ml) at rt was treated with a catalytic amount of tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate, and the resulting black suspension was stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of silica gel (ether rinse), and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 10% ether:hexanes) afforded ketone 15 (924 mg; 93%) as a light yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 7
Alkene 17: A cooled (−78° C.) solution of phosphine oxide 16 (1.53 g; 4.88 mmol) in THF (15.2 ml) was treated with n-butyllithium (1.79 ml of a 2.45 M solution in hexanes). After 15 min, the orange solution was treated with a solution of ketone 15 (557 mg; 2.44 mmol) in THF (4.6 ml). After 10 min, the cooling bath was removed, and the solution was allowed to warm to rt. The formation of a precipitate was observed as the solution warmed. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 ml). The mixture was then poured into ether (150 ml) and washed successively with water (50 ml) and brine (50 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 10% ether:hexanes) afforded alkene 17 (767 mg; 97%) as a colorless oil: IR(film): 2956, 2177, 1506, 1249, 1149, 1032, 842, cm−1; 1H NMR(CDCl3, 500MHz) d 6.95(s, 1H), 6.53(s, 1H), 4.67 (d, 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (dd, 8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.62 (dd, J=16.9, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (dd, J=17.0, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.02 (s, 3H); 3C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 164.4, 152.5, 137.1, 121.8, 116.2, 103.7, 93.6, 86.1, 79.6, 55.4, 25.9, 19.1, 13.5; [α]D=−27.3 (c=2.2, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 8
Alkynyl iodide formation: To a solution of the alkyne 17 (3.00 g, 9.29 mmol) in acetone (100 mL) at 0° C. was added NIS (2.51 g; 11.2 mmol) and AgNO3 (0.160 g; 0.929 mmol). The mixture was then slowly warmed to rt. After 1.5 h, the reaction was poured into Et2O (250 mL) and washed once with sat bisulfite (40 mL), once with sat NaHCO3 (40 mL), once with brine (40 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using gradient elution with hexanes/ethyl acetate (10:1-7:1) gave 2.22 g (64%) of the iodide 17a as an amber oil.
EXAMPLE 9
Reduction of the alkynyl iodide: BH3.DMS (0.846 mL, 8.92 mmol) was added to a solution of cyclohexene (1.47 mL, 17.9 mmol) in Et2O (60 mL) at 0° C. The reaction was then warmed to rt. After 1 h, the iodide x (2.22 g, 5.95 mmol) was added to Et2O. After 3 h, AcOH (1.0 mL) was added. After 30 additional min, the solution was poured into sat NaHCO3 and extracted with Et2O (3×100 mL). The combined organics were then washed once with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (6:1) gave 1.45 g (65%) of the vinyl iodide 18 as a yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 10
MOM removal: To a solution of iodide 18 (1.45 g, 3.86 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (40 mL) at rt was added thiophenol (1.98 mL, 19.3 mmol) and BF3oEt2O (1.90 mL, 15.43 mmol). After 22 h, the reaction was poured into EtOAc (150 mL) and washed with 1 N NaOH (2×50 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using gradient elution with hexanes/ethyl acetate (4:1-2:1-1:1) gave 1.075 g (86%) of the alcohol 18a as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 11
Acetate formation: To a solution of alcohol 18a (1.04 g, 3.15 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added pyridine (2.52 mL, 25.4 mmol), acetic anhydride (1.19 mL, 12.61 mmol) and DMAP (0.005 g). After 1 h, the volatiles were removed in vacuo. Purification of the resulting residue by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (7:1) gave 1.16 g (99%) of the acetate 19 as a pale yellow oil. IR(film):1 737, 1368, 1232, 1018 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.34 (dd, J=17.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, 1 h), 5.40 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3 h), 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.08 (2b, 6H). 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 169.8, 164.4, 152.2, 136.4, 136.1, 120.6, 116.4, 85.1, 38.3, 21.0, 19.1, 14.7; [α]D−28.8 (c=1.47, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 12
To a solution of alcohol 4 (2.34 g, 3.62 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (1.26 mL, 10.86 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (23 mL) at 0° C. was treated with TBSOTf (1.0 mL, 4.34 mmol). After stirrring for 1.5 h at 0° C. the reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (200 uL) and the mixture stirred an additional 5 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (100 mL) and washed successively with 1N HCl (25 mL), water (25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% Et2O in hexanes to provide compound 7 (2.70 g, 98%) as a colorless foam.
EXAMPLE 13
A solution of compound 7 (2.93 g, 3.85 mmol) in CH2Cl2/H2O (20:1, 80 mL) was treated with DDQ (5.23 g, 23.07 mmol) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (200 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (2×40 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3×40 mL) and the combined organic fractions were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the crude oil by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30% ether in hexanes afforded alcohol 7A (2.30 g, 89%) as a colorless oil: IR (film) 3488, 1471, 1428, 1115, 1054 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 7.70 (6H, dd, J=8.0, 1.5 Hz), 7.44 (9H, s), 4.57 (1H, d, J=3.5 Hz), 4.19 (1H, s), 3.67 (1H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 3.06 (1H, dd, J=11.5, 5.0 Hz), 2.89 (1H, dd, J=11.5, 5.0 Hz), 2.68 (1H, d, J=13.5 Hz), 2.59 (1H, d, J=13.5 Hz), 2.34 (1H, dt, J=12.0, 2.5 Hz), 2.11 (1H, m), 1.84 (1H, dt, J=12.0, 2.5 Hz), 1.76 (2H, m), 1.59 (2H, m), 1.34 (3H, s), 1.13 (3H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 1.10 (3H, s), 0.87 (9H, s), 0.84 (3H, d, J=12.0 Hz), 0.02 (3H, s), 0.01 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 136.18, 134.66, 130.16, 127.84, 78.41, 75.91, 63.65, 59.69, 45.43, 45.09, 37.72, 30.84, 30.50, 26.23, 25.89, 22.42, 21.05, 18.40, 15.60, 14.41, −3.23, −3.51; [α]D−0.95 (c=0.1 73, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 14
To a solution of oxalyl chloride (414 μL, 4.74 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (40 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise DMSO (448 uL, 6.32 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at −78 DC for 30 min. Alcohol 7a (2.12 g, 3.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added and the resulting white suspension was stirred at −78° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with Et3N (2.2 mL, 15.8 mmol) and the solution was allowed to warm to 0° C. and stirred at this temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (100 mL) and washed successively with aqueous NH4Cl (20 mL), water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). The crude aldehyde was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50% Et2O in hexanes to provide aldehyde 8 (1.90 g, 90%) as a colorless oil.
EXAMPLE 15
A solution of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (2.97 g, 8.55 mmol) in THF (25 mL) at 0° C. was treated with KO′Bu (8.21 mL, 1M in THF, 8.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Aldehyde 8 (3.1 g, 4.07 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at this temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl (40 mL) and the resulting solution extracted with Et2O (3×30 mL). The combined Et2O fractions were washed with brine (20 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% Et2O in hexanes to yield compound 9 (2.83 g, 86%) as a colorless foam.
EXAMPLE 16
To a solution of compound 9 (2.83 g, 3.50 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (9:1, 28 mL) was added pTSA.H2O (1.0 g, 5.30 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to 50° C. for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with Et2O (50 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL), brine (20 ml), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to provide aldehyde 9a (2.75 g, 99%) as a colorless foam.
EXAMPLE 17
Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1.98 g, 5.54 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0° C. was treated with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (5.04 mL, 1M in THF, 5.04 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Aldehyde 9a (2.0 g, 2.52 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at this temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl (15 mL) and extracted with Et2O (3×20 mL). The combined Et2O fractions were washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% Et2O in hexanes to afford compound 10 (1.42 g, 76%) as a colorless foam.
EXAMPLE 18
A solution of compound 10 (1.0 g, 1.34 mmol) in MeOH/THF (2:1, 13 mL) was treated with [bis(trifluoroacetoxy) iodobenzene] (865 mg, 2.01 mmol) at room temperature. After 15 min the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCO3 (25 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et2O (3×25 mL) and the combined Et2O fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5% Et2O in hexanes provided compound 11 (865 mg, 92%) as a colorless foam: IR (film) 1428, 1252, 1114, 1075, 1046 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 7.61 (6H, dd, J=7.9, 1.4 Hz), 7.38 (9H, s), 5.47 (1H, m), 4.87 (1H, d, J=10.0 Hz), 4.76 (1H, d, J=15.9 Hz), 4.30 (1H, d, J=3.7 Hz), 3.95 (1H, s), 3.56 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 1.4 Hz), 3.39 (3H, s), 2.84 (3H, s), 2.02 (1H, m), 1.64 (2H, m), 1.34 (1H, m), 1.11 (3H, s), 1.02 (3H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 0.90 (3H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 0.62 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), −0.04 (3H, s), −0.05 (3H, s); 3C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 138.29, 135.79, 135.04, 129.86, 127.78, 114.98, 110.49, 60.11, 55.57, 46.47, 43.91, 36.82, 34.21, 26.26, 19.60, 18.60, 17.08, 16.16, 13.92, −2.96, −3.84; [α]D=+1.74 (c=0.77, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 19
Suzuki Coupling: To a solution of olefin 11 (0.680 g, 1.07 mmol) in THF (8.0 mL) was added 9-BBN (0.5M soln in THF, 2.99 mL, 1.50 mmol). In a separate flask, the iodide 19 (0.478 g, 1.284 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10.0 mL). CsCO3 (0.696 g, 2.14 mmol) was then added with vigorous stirring followed by sequential addition of Ph3As (0.034 g, 0.111 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2 (0.091 g, 0.111 mmol) and H2O (0.693 mL, 38.5 mmol). After 4 h, then borane solution was added to the iodide mixture in DMF. The reaction quickly turned dark brown in color and slowly became pale yellow after 2 h. The reaction was then poured into H2O (100 mL) and extracted with Et2O (3×50 mL). The combined organics were washed with H2O (2×50 mL), once with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (7:1) gave 0.630 g (75%) of the coupled product 20 as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 20
Hydrolysis of dimethyl acetal 21: The acetate 20 (0.610 g, 0.770 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane/H2O (9:1, 15 mL) and pTSA.H2O (0.442 g, 2.32 mmol) was added. The mixture was then heated to 55° C. After 3 h, the mixture was cooled to rt and poured into Et2O. This solution was washed once with sat NaHCO3 (30 mL), once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica get eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (7:1) gave 0.486 g (85%) of the aldehyde 21 as a pale yellow oil. IR (film) 1737, 1429, 1237, 1115, 1053 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 9.74 (1H, s), 7.61 (6H, dd, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz), 7.38 (9H, m), 6.94 (1H, s), 6.53 (1H, s), 5.39 (1H, m) 5.31 (1H, m), 5.29 (1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.61 (1H, d, J=4.3 Hz), 3.50 (1H, dd, J=5.2, 2.6 Hz), 2.70 (3H, s), 2.48 (2H, m), 2.14 (1H, m), 2.09 (3H, s), 2.07 (3H, s), 1.83 (2, m), 1.41 (1H, m), 1.18 (1H, m), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.99 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 0.85 (9H, s), 0.69 (1H, m), 0.58 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), −0.05 (3H, s), −0.06 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 205.46, 170.01, 164.49, 152.46, 137.10, 135.60, 134.22, 132.55, 130.65, 127.84, 123.82, 120.66, 116.19, 81.09, 78.47, 76.73, 51.66, 43.14, 38.98, 30.99, 30.42, 27.63, 26.10, 21.15, 20.92, 20.05, 19.15, 18.49, 15.12, 14.70, 12.75, −3.25, −4.08; [α]D=−18.7 (c=0.53, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 21
Aldol: To a solution of the acetate-aldehyde 21 (84 mg, 0.099 mmol) in THF at −78° C. was added KHMDS (0.5M in toluene, 1.0 ml, 0.5 mmol)) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min. Then the reaction mixture was cannulated to a short pad of silica gel and washed with ether. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 12% EtOAc in hexane) to give the lactone 22 (37 mg of 3-S and 6 mg of 3-R5, 51%) as white foam.
EXAMPLE 22
Monodeprotection: Lactone 22 (32 mg, 0.0376 mmol) was treated with 1 ml of pyridine buffered HF-pyridine—THF solution at room temperture for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed in sequence with saturated CuSO4 (10 ml×3) and saturated NaHCO3 (10 ml), then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 25% EtOAc in hexane) and to give diol 22a (22 mg, 99%) as white foam.
EXAMPLE 23
TBS-protection: To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of diol 22a (29 mg, 0.0489 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.017 ml, 0.147 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1 ml) was added TBSOTf (0.01 5 ml, 0.0646 mmol). The resulting solution was then stirred at −30° C. for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 0.5M HCl (10 ml) and extracted with ether (15 ml). Ether layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Purifiction of the residue by flash chromatogrphy (silica, 8% EtOAc in hexane) afforded TBS ether 22B (32 mg, 93%) as white foam.
EXAMPLE 24
Ketone Formation: To a solution of alcohol 220 (30 mg, 0.0424 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.0 mL) at 25° C. was added Dess-Martin periodinane (36 mg, 0.0848 mmol) in one portion. The resulting solution was then allowed to stir at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 1:1 saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate: sodium thiosulfate (10 ml) and stirred for 5 min. The mixture was then extracted with ether (3×15 ml). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 8% EtOAc in hexane) provided ketone 22C (25 mg, 84%) as white foam. IR(film): 2928, 1745, 1692, 1254, 1175, 836 cm−1; 1H NMR(CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.53 (dt, J=3.4, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (dd, J=16.4, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.82 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (m, 5H), 2.36 (q, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (, 3H), 2.07 (dd, J=8.2, 1H), 1.87 (bs, 1H), 1.49 (m, 3H), 1.19 (m, 5H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (m, 12H), 0.84 (s, 9H), 0.12 (s, 3H), 0.10 (s, 3H), 0.07 (s, 3H), −0.098 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 218.7, 170.1, 164.5, 152.6, 137.9, 133.9, 124.8, 119.6, 115.9, 72.7, 53.2, 43.9, 41.0, 40.3, 32.9, 32.3, 28.4, 27.1, 26.3, 26.1, 26.0, 19.2, 19.1, 18.3, 18.2, 17.1, 16.0, 15.2, 14.3, −4.2, −4.4, 4.6, −4.8; [α]D−21.93 (c=1.4, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 25
Desoxy compound: To a solution of TBS ether 22C (27 mg, 0.038 mmol) in THF(1 ml) at 25° C. in a plastic vial was added dropwise HF.pyridine (0.5 ml). The resulting solution was allowed to stir at 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (2 ml) and very slowly added to satured sodium bicarbonate (20 ml). The mixture was extracted with CHCl3 (20ml×3). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash chromatography (silica, 30% EtOAc in hexane) provided diol 23 (18 mg, 99%) as white foam: IR(film): 3493, 2925, 1728, 1689, 1249 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) d 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.44 (dt, J=4.3, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (dt, J=5.1, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (dd, J=1.7, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 1H), 3.20 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=2.2, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (s, 1H), 2.69 (m, 4H), 2.49 (dd, J=11.3, 15.1 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (dd, J=2.5, 15.1 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 1H) 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 1H), 1.19 (m, 2H), 1.08 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (s, 3H), 0.93 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 125 MHz) d 226.5, 176.5, 171.1, 158.2, 144.7, 139.6, 131.1, 125.7, 122.0, 84.6, 80.2, 78.6, 59.4, 47.9, 45.4, 35 44.6, 38.5, 37.9, 33.7, 33.6, 28.7, 25.1, 25.0, 21.9, 21.7, 19.6; [α]D=−84.7 (c=0.85, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 26
Epothilone: To a cooled (−50° C.) solution of desoxyepothilone (9 mg, 0.0189 mmol) in dry CH2Cl2 (1 ml) was added freshly prepared dimethyldioxirane (0.95 ml, 0.1 M in acetone). The resulting solution was allowed to warm up to −30° C. for 2 h. A stream of nitrogen was then bubbled through the solution to remove excess DMDO. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 40% EtOAc in hexane) and afforded epothilone A (4.6 mg, 49%) as colorless solid and 0.1 mg of cis-epoxide diastereomer. This material was identical with the natural epothilone A in all respects.
EXAMPLE 27
Procedure for Ring-closing Olefin Metathesis:
To a stirred solution of diene 24 (5 mg, 0.0068 mmol) in dry benzene (1.5 mL) was added Grubbs's catalyst (2.8 mg, 0.0034 mmol). After 12 h, an additional portion of catalyst was added (2.8 mg). After an additional 5 h, the reaction was concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (11:1) gave the lactone 23 (3.5 mg, 94%, 2:1 E/Z).
EXAMPLE 28
Preparation of Compound 19:
Alcohol 2A: A mixture of (S)-(−)-1,1′-bi-2-naphthol (259 mg. 0.91 mmoL), Ti(O-i-Pr)4 (261 μL;0.90 mmol), and 4 Å sieves (3.23g) in CH2Cl2 (16 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and aldehyde 1 was added. After 10 min the suspension was cooled to −78° C., and allyl tributyltin (3.6 mL; 11.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at −78° C. and then placed in a −20° C. freezer for 70 h. Saturated NaHCO3 (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h, poured over Na2SO4, and then filtered through a pad of MgSO4 and celite. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:1) to give alcohol 2A as a yellow oil (1.11g; 60%).
EXAMPLE 29
Acetate 3A: To a solution of alcohol 2A (264 mg; 1.26 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (12 mL) was added DMAP (15 mg: 0.098 mmol), Et3N (0.45 mL; 3.22 mmol), and Ac2O (0.18 mL; 1.90 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched by 20 mL of H2O, and extracted with EtOAC (4×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatrography (EtOAC/hexanes, 1:3) afforded acetate 3A as a yellow oil (302 mg; 96%).
EXAMPLE 30
Vinyl Iodide 19: To a solution of acetate 3A (99 mg; 0.39 mmol) in acetone at 0° C. was added H2O (4 drops), OsO4 (2.5% wt. in butyl alcohol; 175 μL; 0.018 mmol), and N-methyl-morpholine-N-oxide (69 mg; 0.59 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and 45 min and then quenched with Na2SO3. The solution was poured to 10 mL of H2O and extracted with EtOAc (5×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.
To a solution of this crude product in THF/H2O (4 mL, 3:1) was added NaIO4 (260 mg; 1.22 mmol). After 1.25 h, the reaction mixture was then quenched with 10 mL of H2O and concentrated. The residue was extracted with EtOAc (5×10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 1:1) gave a yellow oil (80 mg) which contained unidentified by-product(s). This mixture was used without further purification.
To a solution of (Ph3P+CH2I)I− (100 mg; 0.19 mmol) in 0.25 mL of THF at rt was added 0.15 mL (0.15 mmol) of NaHMDS (1M in THF). To the resulting solution at −78° C. was added HMPA (22 μL; 0.13 mmol) and the product from previous step (16 mg) in THF (0.25 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 30 min. After the addition of hexanes (10 mL), the solution was extracted with EtOAc (4×10 mL). The combined EtOAC layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. Preparative TLC (EtOAc/hexanes, 2.3) afforded vinyl iodide 19 as a yellow oil (14 mg; 50% for three steps).
EXAMPLE 31
Iodoolefin acetate 8C: To a suspension of ethyltriphenylphosphonium iodide (1.125 g, 2.69 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added nBuLi (2.5M soln in hexanes, 1.05 mL, 2.62 mmol) at rt. After disappearance of the solid material, the solution was added to a mixture of iodine (0.613 g, 2.41 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −78° C. The resulting suspension was vigorously stirred for 5 min at −78° C., then warmed up −20° C., and treated with sodium hexamethyldisilazane (1M soln in THF, 2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol). The resulting red solution was stirred for 5 min followed by the slow addition of aldehyde 9C (0.339 g, 1.34 mmol). The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 40 min, diluted with pentane (50 mL), filtered through a pad of celite, and concentrated. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 85:15) gave 0.202 g (25% overall from vinyl acetate 10C) of the vinyl iodide 8C as a yellow oil. IR (film): 2920, 1738, 1234 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.42 (dd, J=5.43, 6.57 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.54 (q, J=6.33, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 6170.1, 164.6, 152.4, 136.9, 130.2, 120.6, 116.4, 103.6, 40.3, 33.7, 21.2, 19.2, 14.9; [α]D−20.7° (c=2.45, CHCl3).
EXAMPLE 32
Acetal 13C: To a solution of olefin “7C” (0.082 g, 0.13 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was added 9-BBN (0.5 M soln in THF, 0.4 mL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring at rt. for 3.5 h, an additional portion of 9-BBN (0.5 M soln in THF, 0.26 mL, 0.13 mmol) was added. In a separate flask, iodide 8C (0.063 g, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL). Cs2CO3 (0.097 g, 0.30 mmol) was then added with vigorous stirring followed by sequential addition of PdCl2(dppf)2 (0.018 g, 0.022 mmol), Pb3As (0.0059 g, 0.019 mmol), and H2O (0.035 mL, 1.94 mmol). After 6 h, then borane solution was added to the iodide mixture in DMF. The reaction quickly turned dark brown in color and slowly became pale yellow after 3 h. The reaction was then poured into H2O (10 mL) and extracted with Et2O (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3×15 mL), brine (1×20 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 9:1) gave 0.089 g (77%) of the coupled product 13C as a yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 33
Aldehyde 14C: Acetal 13C (0.069 g, 0.077 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane/H2O (9:1, 1 mL) and pTSA.H2O (0.045 g, 0.237 mmol) was added. The mixture was then heated to 55° C. After 3 h, the mixture was cooled to rt, poured into Et2O, and extracted with Et2O (4×15 mL). The combined ether solutions were washed with sat NaHCO3 (1×30 mL), brine (1×30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 3:1) gave 0.046 g (71%) of the aldehyde 14C as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 34
Macrocycle 15C-(SR): To a solution of aldehyde 14C (0.021 g, 0.024 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at −78° C. was added KHMDS (0.5M soln in toluene, 0.145 mL, 0.073 mmol). The solution was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h, then quenched with sat'd N H4Cl, and extracted with ether (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 7:1) gave 0.008 g of the desired α-alcohol 15C-(S) and 0.006 g of P-alcohol 15C-(R) (67% total ) as pale yellow oils.
EXAMPLE 35
Macrocycle 15C4S): To a solution of β-alcohol 1C-(R) (0.006 g, 0.0070 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH2Cl2 at rt. was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.028 g, 0.066 mmol). After 0.5 h, an additional portion of Dess-Martin periodinane (0.025 mg, 0.059 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for additional 1 h, then treated with ether (2 mL) and sat'd Na2S2O3/sat'd NaHCO3 (3 mL, 1:1), poured into H2O (20 mL), and extracted with ether (3×15 mL). The combined ether solutions were washed with H2O (1×30 mL), brine (1×30 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. To a solution of crude ketone 15C′ in MeOH/THF (2 mL, 1:1) at −78° C. was added NaBH4 (0.015 g, 0.395 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 1 h, quenched with sat NH4Cl, and extracted with ether (3×15 mL). The organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 9:1) gave 0.0040 g (67%) of the α-alcohol 15C-(S) as a pale yellow oil and 0.0006 g of α-alcohol 15C-(R).
EXAMPLE 36
Diol 15C″: The silyl ether 15C-(S) (0.010 g, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in HF.pyridine/pyridine/THF (1 mL). The solution was stirred at rt. for 2 h, then diluted with Et2O (1 mL), poured into a mixture of Et2O/sat. NaHCO3 (20 mL, 1:1), and extracted with Et2O (4×10 mL). The Et2O solutions were washed with sat CuSO4 (3×30 mL), sat NaHCO3 (1×30 mL), brine (1×30 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 9:1) gave 0.0066 g (93%) of the diol 15C″ as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 37
Alcohol 15C′″: To a solution of diol 15C″ (0.0066 g, 0.011 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH2Cl2 at −78° C. was added 2,6-lutidine (7 μL, 0.060 mmol) and TBSOTf (5 μL, 0.022 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at −30° C. for 0.5 h, then quenched with H2O (5 mL), and extracted with Et2O (4×10 mL). The ether solutions were washed with 0.5M HCl (1×10 mL), sat'd NaHCO3 (1×10 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 93:7) gave 0.0070 g (89%) of the alcohol 15C′″ as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 38
Ketone 16C: To a solution of alcohol 15C′″ (0.006 g, 0.0083 mmol) in 0.5 mL of CH2Cl2 at rt. was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.030 g, 0.071 mmol). After 1.25 h, another portion of Dess-Martin periodinane (0.025 mg, 0.059 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for additional 0.75 h, treated with ether (1 mL) and sat'd Na2S2O3/sat'd NaHCO3 (2 mL, 1:1), poured into H2O (20 mL), and extracted with ether (4×10 mL). The ether solution was washed with sat NaHCO3 (1×20 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 9:1) gave 0.0040 g (67%) of the ketone 16C as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 39
Desoxyepothilone B (2C): To a solution of ketone 16C (0.004 g, 0.0056 mmol) in THF (0.35 mL) was added HF.pyridine (0.25 mL) dropwise over 20 min. The solution was stirred at rt for 1.5 h, diluted with CHCl3 (2 mL), poured into sat'd NaHCO3/CHCl3 (20 mL, 1:1) slowly, and extracted with CHCl3 (4×10 mL). The combined CHCl3 layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 3:1) gave 0.0022 g (80%) of the desoxyepothilone B 2C as a pale yellow oil.
EXAMPLE 40
Epothilone B (2): To a solution of desoxyepothilone B (0.0022 g, 0.0041 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.25 mL) at −50° C. was added dimethyldioxirane (0.1 mL, 0.0095 mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at −50° C. for 1 h. The dimethyldioxirane and solvent were removed by a stream of N2. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:1) gave 0.0015 g (70%) of epothiolone B (2) as a pale yellow oil which was identical with an authentic sample in 1H NMR, IR, mass spectrum, and [α]D.
EXAMPLE 41
8-Desmethylepothilone A
Crotylation product: To a stirred mixture of potassium tert-butoxide (1.0M soln in THF, 50.4 mL, 50.4 mmol), THF (14 mL), and cis-2-butene (9.0 mL, 101 mmol) at −78° C. was added n-BuLi (1.6M, in hexanes, 31.5 mL, 50.4 mmol). After complete addition of n-BuLi, the mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 10 min and then cooled to −78° C. (+)-B-Methoxydiisopinocampheylborane (19.21 g, 60.74 mmol) was then added dropwise in Et2O (10 mL). After 30 min, BF3Et2O (7.47 mL, 60.74 mmol) was added followed by aldehyde 4D (9.84 g, 60.74 mmol) in THF (15 mL) generating a viscous solution which could not be stirred. The mixture was shaken vigorously every 10 min to ensure homogeneity. After 3 h at −78° C., the reaction was treated with 3N NaOH (36.6 mL, 110 mmol) and 30% H2O2 (15 mL) and the solution brought to reflux for 1 h. The reaction was poured into Et2O (300 mL) and washed with H2O (100 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude material was placed in a bulb-to-bulb distillation apparatus to remove the ligand from the desired product. Heating at 80° C. at 2 mm Hg removed 90% of the lower boiling ligand. Further purification of the alcohol 4D was achieved by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with Et2O in CH2Cl2 (2%-4%) to give pure alcohol 4D as a clear oil. The erythro selectivty was >50:1 as judged by 1H NMR spectroscopy. The product was determined to be 87% ee by formation of the Mosher ester: IR (film): 3435, 2861, 1454, 1363, 1099 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 8 7.34 (5H, m), 5.80 (1H, m), 5.09 (1H, dd, J=1.6, 8.3 Hz), 5.04 (1H, d, J=1.6 Hz), 4.52 (2H, s), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.8 Hz), 3.47 (1H, m), 2.27 (2H, m), 1.73 (3H, m), 1.42 (1H, m), 1.04 (3H, d, J=6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 141.1, 138.2, 128.3, 127.6, 127.5, 115.0, 74.5, 72.9, 70.4, 43.7, 31.3, 26.5, 14.6.
EXAMPLE 42
TBS ether SD: Alcohol 4D (5.00 g, 21.4 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (150 mL) and 2,6-lutidine (9.97 mL, 85.6 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and TBSOTf (9.83 mL, 42.8 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was then warmed to rt. After 1 h, the reaction was poured into Et2O (300 mL) and washed once with 1N HCl (50 mL), once with sat NaHCO3 (50 mL), once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/diethyl ether (97:3) gave 6.33 g (85%) of pure olefin 5D as a clear oil: IR (film): 1472, 1361, 1255, 1097, 1068 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 7.30 (5H, m), 5.81 (1H, m), 4.97 (1H, dd, J=1.4, 4.8 Hz), 4.94 (1H, d, J=1.1 Hz), 3.51 (1H, q, J=5.1 Hz), 3.41 (2H, dt, J=2.1, 6.6 Hz), 2.27 (1H, q, J=5.5 Hz), 1.68 (1 h, m), 1.55 (1H, m), 1.41 (2H, m), 0.93 (3H, dd, J=6.9 Hz), 0.85 (9H, s), −0.01 (6H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 141.2, 138.6, 128.3, 127.6, 127.4, 113.9, 75.6, 72.7, 70.6, 42.7, 30.1, 25.9, 25.4, 18.1, 15.1, −4.3, −4.4.
EXAMPLE 43
Aldehyde 6D: The olefin 5 (4.00 g, 11.49 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 MeOH/CH2Cl2 (100 mL). Pyridine (4.0 mL) was then added and the mixture cooled to −78° C. Ozone was then bubbled through the reaction for 10 minutes before the color turned light blue in color. Oxygen was then bubbled through the reaction for 10 min. Dimethyl sulfide (4.0 mL) was then added and the reaction slowly warmed to rt. The reaction was stirred overnight and then the volatiles were removed in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (9:1) gave 3.31 g (82%) of the aldehyde 6D as a clear oil: IR (film): 2856, 1727, 1475, 1361, 1253, 1102 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 9.76 (1 H, s), 7.33 (5H, m), 4.50 (2H, s), 4.11 (1H, m), 3.47 (2H, m), 2.46 (1H, m), 1.50-1.70 (4H, band), 1.05 (3H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 0.86 (9H, s), 0.06 (3H, s), 0.03 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) 8 204.8, 138.3, 128.2, 127.4, 127.3, 72.7, 71.7, 69.9, 51.1, 31.1, 25.9, 25.6, 17.8, 7.5, −4.4, −4.8.
EXAMPLE 44
Dianion addition product 7D: The tert-butyl isobutyrylacetate (0.653 g, 3.51 mmol) was added to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.188 g, 4.69 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at rt. After 10 min, the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After an additional 10 min, n-BuLi (1.6M in hexanes, 2.20 mL, 3.52 mmol) was slowly added. After 30 min, the aldehyde 6D (1.03 g, 2.93 mmol) was added neat. After 10 min, the reaction was quenched with H2O (10 mL) and extracted with Et2O (2×75 mL). The combined organics were washed once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude reaction mixture contained a 15:1 ratio of diastereomers at C5. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (9:1-7:1) gave 0.723 g (47%) of the desired alcohol 7D as a clear oil: IR (film): 3531, 2953, 1739, 1702, 1367, 1255, 1153 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 7.33 (5H, m), 4.49 (2H, s), 3.75 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 3.71 (1H, m), 3.62 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz), 3.53(1H, d, J=16.0 Hz), 3.44(2H, t, J=5.1 Hz), 2.70 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 1.83 (1H, m), 1.55 (4H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.17 (3H, s), 1.11 (3H, s), 0.89 (9H, s), 0.82 (3H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 0.09 (6H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 208.9, 167.3, 138.4, 128.3, 127.6, 127.5, 81.3, 79.5, 78.7, 72.8, 70.1, 52.4, 47.6, 35.8, 30.6, 28.2, 25.9, 25.8, 22.6, 20.5, 17.9, 7.05, −4.0, −4.5.
EXAMPLE 45
Directed reduction: To a solution of tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride (1.54 g, 5.88 mmol) in acetonitrile (4.0 mL) was added anhydrous AcOH.(4.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min before cooling to −10° C. A solution of the ester 7D (0.200 g, 0.39 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.0 mL) was added to the reaction and it was stirred at −10° C. for 20 h. The reaction was quenched with 1N sodium-potassium tartrate (10 mL) and stirred at rt for 10 min. The solution was then poured into sat NaHCO3 (25 mL) and neutralized by the addition of solid Na2CO3. The mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL) and the organics were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (4:1) gave 0.100 g (50%) of the diol as 10:1 ratio of diastereomeric alcohols.
EXAMPLE 46
Monoprotection of the diol: The diol (1.76 g, 3.31 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) and cooled to 0° C. 2,6-lutidine (12.2 mL, 9.92 mmol) was added followed by TBSOTf (1.14 mL, 4.96 mmol) and the reaction slowly warmed to rt. After 1 h, the reaction was poured into Et2O (300 mL) and washed once with 1N HCl (50 mL), once with sat NaHCO3 (50 mL), once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (20:1→15:1) gave 2.03 g (95%) of the alcohol 8D as a clear oil, which was used as a mixture of diastereomers.
EXAMPLE 47
C5 Ketone formation: The alcohol 8D (2.03 g, 3.14 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and Dess-Martin periodinane (2.66 g, 6.28 mmol) was added. After 2 h, a 1:1 mixture of sat'd NaHCO3/sat Na2S2O3 (20 mL) was added. After 10 min, the mixture was poured into Et2O (300 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (15:1) gave 1.85 g (91%) of the ketone (benzyl ether) as a clear oil, which was used as a mixture of diastereomers.
EXAMPLE 48
Debenzylation: The ketone (benzyl ether) (1.85 g, 2.87 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (50 mL), and Pd(OH)2 (0.5 g) was added. The mixture was then stirred under an atmosphere of H2. After 3 h, the reaction was purged with N2 and then filtered through a pad of celite rinsing with CHCl3 (100 mL). Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes (12%→15%) gave 1.43 g (90%) of the diastereomeric alcohols as a clear oil. The C3 diastereomers were separated by flash chromatography on TLC-grade SiO2 eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes (155%):
Alpha isomer IR (film): 3447, 1732, 1695, 1254, 1156 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 4.24 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 5.8 Hz), 3.83 (1H, m), 3.53 (1H, m), 3.06 (1H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.36 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 17.2 Hz), 2.12 (1H, dd, J=3.9, 17.2 Hz), 1.68 (1H, t, J=5.4 Hz), 1.54 (2H, m), 1.41 (1H, m), 1.37 (9H, s), 1.31 (1H, m), 1.16 (3H, s), 1.02 (3H, s,), 0.99 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 0.84 (9H, s), 0.81 (9H, s), 0.05 (3H, s), 0.01 (6H, s), −0.01 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 217.7, 171.3, 80.57, 73.5, 73.1, 63.0, 53.4, 26.8, 41.2, 32.1, 28.1, 28.0, 26.0, 25.9, 23.1, 19.8, 18.1 (overlapping), 15.3, −4.0, −4.3 (overlapping), −4.8.
Beta isomer: IR (film): 3442, 2857, 1732, 1700, 1472, 1368, 1255 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 4.45 (1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 3.86 (1H, m), 3.52 (2H, q, J=5.9 Hz), 3.01 (1H, m), 2.28 (1H, dd, J=4.3, 17.1 Hz), 2.16 (1H, dd, J=5.5, 17.1 Hz), 1.67 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 1.56 (2H, m), 1.44 (1H, m), 1.37 (9H, s), 1.34 (1H, m), 1.13 (3H, s), 0.97 (3H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 0.96 (3H, s), 0.83 (9H, s), 0.79 (9H, s), 0.01 (3H, s), 0.00 (6H, s), −0.07 (3, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 217.1, 171.2, 80.6, 73.5, 72.1, 62.9, 63.9, 46.4, 41.2, 32.0, 28.1, 28.0, 26.0, 25.9, 21.5, 19.5, 18.2, 18.1, 15.8, −4.0, −4.3, −4.4, −4.7.
EXAMPLE 49
Aldehyde formation: DMSO (0.177 mL, 250 mmol) was added to a mixture of oxalyl chloride (0.11 mL, 1.25 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) at −78° C. After 10 min, the alcohol (0.531 g, 0.96 mmol) was added in CH2Cl2 (4 mL). After 20 min, TEA (0.697 mL, 5.00 mmol) was added to the reaction followed by warming to rt. The reaction was then poured into H2O (50mL) and extracted with Et2O (3×50 mL). The organics were washed once with H2O (30 mL), once with brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The aldehyde was used in crude form.
EXAMPLE 50
Wittig olefination to give 9D: NaHMDS (1.0 M soln in THF, 1.54 mL, 1.54 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl triphenylphosphonium bromide (0.690 g, 1.92 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0° C. After 1 h, the crude aldhyde (0.96 mmol) was added in THF (5 mL). After 15 min at 0° C., H2O (0.1 mL) was added and the reaction poured into hexanes (50 mL). This was filtered through a plug of silica gel eluting with hexanes/Et2O (9:1, 150 mL). The crude olefin 9D was further purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes (5%) to give 0.437 g (83% for two steps) of the olefin 9D as a clear oil: IR (film): 2857, 1732, 1695, 1472, 1368, 1255, 1156 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 5.72 (1H, m), 4.91 (2H, m), 4.25 (1H, dd, J=3.9, 5.4 Hz), 3.81 (1H, m), 3.05 (1H, m), 2.38 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 17.2 Hz), 2.12 (1H, dd, J=6.6, 17.2 Hz), 2.04 (2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 1.47 (1H, m), 1.39 (9H, s), 1.34 (1H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, s), 3.00 (3H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 0.85 (9H, s), 0.83 (9H, s), 0.07 (3H, s), 0.00 (6H, s), −0.05 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 217.5, 172.1, 137.9, 114.0, 80.4, 74.0, 73.0, 53.0, 46.9, 41.3, 35.1, 29.0, 28.1, 26.0, 25.9, 22.8, 20.2, 18.2 (overlapping), 14.9, −4.1, −4.2, −4.3, −4.8.
EXAMPLE 51
TBS ester 10D: The olefin 9D (0.420 g, 0.76 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) and treated successively with 2,6-lutidine (1.33 mL, 11.4 mmol) and TBSOTf (1.32 mL, 5.73 mmol). After 7 h, the reaction was poured into Et2O (100 mL) and washed successively with 0.2N HCl (25 mL), brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on a short pad of silica gel with fast elution with hexanes/ethyl acetate (20:1) to give the TBS ester 10D as a clear oil. The purification must be done quickly to avoid hydrolysis of the silyl ester: IR (film): 2930, 1721, 1695, 1472, 1254, 1091 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6 5.73 (1H, m), 4.91 (2H, m), 4.25 (1H, dd, J=3.8, 5.4 Hz) 3.80 (1H, q, J=6.8 Hz), 3.06 (1H, m), 2.50 (1H, dd, J=3.7, 17.3 Hz), 2.19 (1H, dd, J=5.7, 17.3 Hz), 2.04 (2H, dd, J=7.6, 15.3 Hz), 1.49 (1H, m), 1.36 (1H, m), 1.21 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 0.88 (9H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 0.83 (9H, s), 0.22 (3H, s), 0.22 (3H, s), 0.21 (3H, s), 0.06 (3H, s), 0.01 (6H, s), −0.05 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 217.3 172.3, 138.5, 114.4, 74.5, 73.0, 53.2, 46.9, 41.8, 35.1, 29.0, 26.0, 25.7, 25.5, 22.8, 20.4, 18.2, 18.1, 17.5, 14.9, −2.9, −4.0, −4.2, −4.3, −4.8, −4.9.
EXAMPLE 52
Suzuki coupling: The acetate acid 13D was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (7:1-4:1). This was further purified by preparative-TLC eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) to remove unreacted vinyl iodide 12D from the acetate acid 13D. Isolated yield of the acid was 0.297 g (62% based on 90% purity with borane residues).
EXAMPLE 53
Hydrolysis of acetate acid 13D: The acetate 13D (0.220 g, 0.297 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/H2O (2:1, 15 mL) and K2CO3 (0.300 g) was added. After 3 h, the reaction was diluted with sat NH4Cl (20 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (5×20 mL). The hydroxy-acid 14D was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (4:1-2:1) to give 0.146 g (70%) of the pure hydroxy acid 14D. IR (film): 3510-2400, 1712, 1694, 1471, 1254, 1093 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6 6.96 (1H, s), 6.66 (1H, s), 5.55 (1H, m), 5.38 (1H, m), 4.38 (1H, dd, J=3.4, 6.1 Hz), 4.19 (1H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 3.84 (1H, m), 3.05 (1H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.72 (3H, s), 2.49 (1H, dd, 3.2, 16.4 Hz), 2.42 (2H, m), 2.33 (1H, dd, J=6.2, 16.4 Hz), 2.07 (2H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 1.33 (4H, m), 1.19 (3H, s), 1.14 (3H, s), 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 0.89 (9H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 0.11 (3H, s), 0.07 (3H, s), 0.04 (6H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 217.8, 176.6, 164.9, 152.5, 141.7, 132.9, 125.0, 119.0, 115.3, 73.5, 73.3, 53.4, 47.0, 40.1, 35.8, 33.2, 29.8, 27.4, 26.0, 25.9, 24.5, 19.0, 18.1, 15.2, 25 14.3, −4.0, −4.2, −4.2, −4.7.
EXAMPLE 54
Macrolactonization: DCC (0.150 g, 0.725 mmol), 4-DMAP (0.078 g, 0.64 mmol) and 4-DMAP.HCl (0.110 g, 0.696 mmol) were dissolved in CHCl3 (80 mL) at 80° C. To this refluxing solution was added by syringe pump the hydroxy acid 14D (0.020 g, 0.029 mmol) and DMAP (0.010 g) in CHCl3 (10 mL) over 20 h. The syringe needle was placed at the base of the condensor to ensure proper addition. After 20 h, the reaction was cooled to 50° C. and AcOH (0.046 mL, 0.812 mmol) was added. After 2 h, the reaction was cooled to rt and washed with sat NaHCO3 (30 mL), brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The lactone 15D was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (20:1→15:1) to give 0.014 g (75%): IR (film): 2929, 1741, 1696, 1254, 1097 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 6.95 (1H, s), 6.55 (1H, s), 5.48 (1H, m), 5.37 (1H, m), 5.16 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 4.17 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 4.07 (1H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.02 (1H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.77(1H, m), 2.70(3H, s), 2.64 (2H, m), 2.29 (1H, m), 2.15 (1H, m), 2.12 (3H, s), 1.92 (1H, m), 1.71 (1H, m), 1.44 (2H, m), 1.26 (1H, m), 1.17 (3H, s), 1.12 (3H, s), 1.11 (3H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 0.91 (9H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 0.09 (3H, s), 0.06 (6H, s), −0.04 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 215.2, 171.9, 164.5, 152.5, 138.0, 133.5, 123.8, 120.0, 116.7, 79.4, 76.2, 72.5, 53.5, 47.4, 39.9, 34.5, 31.9, 31.5, 30.2, 27.7, 26.1, 25.9, 24.1, 23.8, 23.1, 22.6, 19.2, 18.5, 18.2, 16.3, 14.9, 14.1, −3.7, −4.2, −4.7, −5.2.
EXAMPLE 55
Desmethyidesoxyepothilone A (16D): To the lactone 15D (0.038 g, 0.056 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was added HF.pyridine (1.0 mL). After 2 h, the reaction was poured into sat NaHCO3 (30 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (5×20 mL). The organics were dried over Na2SO4. The crude diol 16D was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (3:1→2:1) to give 0.023 g (89%): IR (film): 3501, 2933, 1734, 1684, 1290, 1248, 1045 cm−1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 6.95 (1H, s), 6.59 (1H, s), 5.40 (2H, m), 5.23 (1H, dd, J=1.4, 9.5 Hz), 4.38 (1H, bd, J=11.1 Hz), 3.78 (1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 3.59 (1H, bs), 3.47 (1H, s), 2.99 (1H, q, 7.0 Hz), 2.68 (3H, s), 2.66 (1H, m), 2.46 (1H, dd, J=11.4, 14.4 Hz), 2.26 (1H, dd, J=2.2, 14.4 Hz), 2.22 (1H, m), 2.06 (3H, s), 1.96 (1H, m), 1.49 (3H, m), 1.35 (3H, m), 1.30 (3H, s), 1.15 (3H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 1.06 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) δ 221.5, 170.3, 165.1, 151.8, 139.1, 132.8, 125.2, 119.1, 115.5, 78.4, 72.5, 70.8, 53.8, 42.7, 39.6, 32.3, 31.8, 28.3, 26.8, 24.8, 23.1, 19.0, 17.2, 16.0, 11.1.
EXAMPLE 56
Epoxide formation: Diol 16D (0.008 g, 0.017 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1.0 mL) and cooled to −60° C. Dimethyldioxirane (0.06 M, 0.570 mL, 0.0034 mmol) was then slowly added. The reaction temperature was slowly warmed to −25° C. After 2 h at −25° C., the volatiles were removed from the reaction at −25° C. under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with MeOH in CH2Cl2 (1%→2%) to give a 1.6:1 mixture of cis-epoxides 3D and the diastereomeric cis-epoxide (0.0058 g, 74%). The diastereomeric epoxides were separated by preparative-TLC eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1) after 3 elutions to give pure diastereomers:
Beta epoxide 3D: IR (film): 3458, 2928, 1737, 1685, 1456, 1261, 1150, 1043, 1014 cm−1; 1H NMR (CD2Cl2, 500 MHz) δ 7.01 (1H, s), 6.56 (1H, s), 5.35.(1H, dd, J=2.3, 9.6 Hz), 4.30 (1H, dd, J=3.0, 5.7 Hz), 3.85 (1H, m), 3.81 (1H, d, J=5.7 Hz), 3.42 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 3.03 (1H, q, J=6.8 Hz), 2.97 (1H, m), 2.88 (1H, m), 2.67 (3H, s), 2.46 (1H, dd, J=9.0, 14.5 Hz), 2.33 (1H, dd, J=2.6, 14.5 Hz), 2.13 (1H, dt, J=3.0, 15.0 Hz), 2.08 (3H, s), 1.82 (1H, m), 1.52 (6H, m), 1.41 (1H, m), 1.33 (3H, s), 1.21 (4H, m), 1.12 (3H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 1.06 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CD2Cl2, 125 MHz) δ 221.9, 170.6, 165.6, 152.2, 138.3, 120.2, 116.6, 77.3, 73.4, 69.9, 57.7, 55.3, 43.7, 39.7, 32.6, 32.0, 29.8, 27.2, 25.7, 24.7, 22.5, 19.2, 19.0, 15.6, 15.6, 11.5;
Alpha epoxide: IR (film): 3439, 2918, 1735, 1684, 1455, 1262, 1048, 1014 cm−1; 1H NMR (CD2Cl2, 500 MHz) δ 7.02 (1H, 5), 6.56 (1H, s), 5.62 (1H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 4.33 (1H, dd, J=2.7, 11.0 Hz), 3.85 (1H, t, J=5.9 Hz), 3.27 (1H, d, J=5.3 Hz), 3.11 (1H, m), 3.07 (1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 3.04 (1H, s), 2.87 (1H, m), 2.68 (3H, s), 2.46 (1H, dd, J=11.1, 14.1 Hz), 2.35 (1H, dd, J=2.3, 14.1 Hz), 2.11 (3H, s), 2.06 (1H, ddd, J=1.9, 4.5, 15.1 Hz), 1.87 (1H, m), 1.52 (6H, m), 1.38 (2H, m), 1.29 (3H, s), 1.08 (3H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 103 (3H, s); 13C NMR (CD2Cl2, 125 MHz) δ 222.1, 170.2, 165.3, 152.5, 137.6, 119.7, 116.7, 76.7, 72.9, 70.6, 57.1, 55.1, 44.7, 40.0, 32.1, 31.4, 30.0, 26.6, 25.5, 24.7, 21.3, 19.3, 18.7, 15.7, 11.5.
EXAMPLE 57 Experimental Data for C-12 Hydroxy Epothilone Analogs
Propyl hydroxy compound 43: 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) d 6.96 (1H, s), 6.59 (1H, s), 5.16-5.23 (2H, band), 4.28 (1H, m), 3.72 (1H, m), 3.63 (2H, t, J=6.3 Hz), 3.17 (1H, dq, J=2.2, 0.5 Hz), 3.02 (1H, s), 2.70 (3H, s), 2.65 (2H, m), 2.46 (1H, dd, J=10.9 14.6 Hz), 2.29 (2H, m), 1.98-2.09 (6H, band), 1.60-1.91 (6H, band), 1.35 (3H, s), 1.33 (3H, s), 1.18 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.07 (3H, s), 1.01 (3H, d, J=7.1 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) d 220.69, 170.29, 165.00, 151.81, 141.63, 138.93, 120.64, 118.81, 115.52, 78.53, 77.23, 73.93, 71.85, 62.26, 53.63, 41.57, 39.54, 37.98, 32.33, 32.14, 31.54, 30.75, 29.67, 25.27, 22.89, 18.92, 17.67, 15.98, 15.74, 13.28; MS e/m 536.2, calc 535.29.
Hydroxy methyl compound 46: 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) d 6.97 (1H, s), 6.63 (1H, s), 5.43 (1H, dd, J=5.7, 9.1 Hz), 5.24 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 4.31 (1H, d, J=9.7 Hz), 4.05 (2H, dd, J=7.3, 31.0 Hz), 3.87 (1H, bs), 3.69 (1H, bs), 3.17 (1H, dd, J=2.0, 6.9 Hz), 3.03 (1H, s), 2.69 (3H, s), 2.63 (1H, m), 2.45 (1H, dd, J=11.2, 14.6 Hz), 2.37 (1H, m), 2.25 (2H, m), 2.11 (1H, m), 2.05 (3H, s), 1.78 (1H, m), 1.70 (1H, m), 1.35 (3H, s), 1.34 (2H, m), 1.29 (1H, m), 1.18 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.06 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, d, J=7.0 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz) d 220.70, 170.16, 165.02, 151.63, 141.56, 138.41, 121.33, 118.65, 115.33, 77.74, 77.25, 74.11, 71.37, 65.75, 53.86, 41.52, 39.52, 37.98, 31.46, 27.70, 25.10, 22.86, 18.74, 17.20, 16.17, 15.63, 13.41.
Discussion
Total Synthesis of (−)-Epothilone A.
The first known method for preparing epothilone A (1) is provided by this invention. Carbons 9 through 11 insulate domains of chirality embracing carbons 3 through 8 on the acyl side of the macrolactone, and carbons 12 through 15 on the alkyl side. Transmitting stereochemical information from one of the segments to the other is unlikely. Thus, the approach taken deals with the stereochemistry of each segment individually. In the acyl segment, this strategy required knowledge of both the relative and absolute configurations of the “polypropionate-like” network. In the alkyl segment, two possibilities emerge. In one instance, the C12-C13 epoxide would be included in the construct undergoing merger with the acyl related substructure. In that case it would be necessary to secure the relative stereochemical relationship of carbons 15, 13 and 12. It was necessary to consider the the possibility that the epoxide would be deleted from the alkyl-side moiety undergoing coupling. This approach would only be feasible if the epoxide could be introduced with acceptable stereocontrol after closure of the macrocycle. The synthesis of compound 4, which contains most of the requisite stereochemical information required for the acyl fragment, is described above. This intermediate is prepared by a novel oxidatively induced solvolytic cleavage of the cyclopropanopyran 3. Also described above is a construct containing the alkyl side coupling partner embodying the absolute and relative stereochemistry at carbons 15, 13 and 12, which differs from the alternative approach set forth below.
In considering the union of the alkyl and acyl domains, several potential connection sites were available. At some point, an acylation would be required to establish an ester (or lactone) bond (see bold arrow 2). Furthermore, an aldol construction was required to fashion a C2-C3 connection. Determining the exact timing of this aldol step required study. It could be considered in the context of elongating the C3-C9 construct to prepare it for acylation of the C-15 hydroxyl. Unexpectedly, it was discovered that the macrolide could be closed by an unprecedented macroaldolization. (For a previous instance of a keto aldehyde macroaldolization, see: C. M. Hayward, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1993, 115, 9345.) This option is implied by bold arrow 3 in FIG. 1(A).
The first stage merger of the acyl and alkyl fragments (see bold arrow 1) posed a difficult synthetic hurdle. It is recognized in the art (P. Bertinato, et al., J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 8000; vide infra) that significant resistance is encountered in attempting to accomplish bond formation between carbons 9 and 10 or between carbons 10 and 11, wherein the epoxide would be included in the alkyl coupling partner. These complications arose from unanticipated difficulties in fashioning acyl and alkyl reactants with the appropriate complementarity for merger across either of these bonds. An initial merger between carbons 11 and 12 was examined. This approach dictated deletion of the oxirane linkage from the O-alkyl coupling partner. After testing several permutations, generalized systems 5 and 6 were examined to enter the first stage coupling reaction. The former series was to be derived from intermediate 4. A de novo synthesis of a usable substrate corresponding to generalized system 5 would be necessary (FIG. 1(B)).
The steps leading from 4 to 11 are shown in Scheme 2. Protection of the future C-7 alcohol (see compound 7) was followed by cleavage of the benzyl ether and oxidation to aldehyde 8. Elongation of the aldehyde to the terminal allyl containing fragment 10 proceeded through end ether 9 (mixture of E and Z geometrical isomers). Finally, the dithiane linkage was oxidatively cleaved under solvolytic trapping conditions, giving rise to specific coupling component 11. G. Stork; K. Zhao, Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 287.
The synthesis of the alkyl fragment started with commercially available (R)-glycidol 12 which was converted, via its THP derivative 13, to alcohol 14. After cleavage of the tetrahydropyran blocking group, the resultant alcohol was smoothly converted to the methyl ketone 15, as shown. The latter underwent an Emmons-type homologation with phosphine oxide 16. D. Meng et al., J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 7998. This Emmons coupling provided a ca. 8:1 mixture of olefin stereoismoers in favor of trans-17. The resultant alkyne 17 was then converted, via compound 18 to Z-iodoalkene 19 (see FIG. 4(A)). E. J. Corey et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1985, 107, 713.
The critical first stage coupling of the two fragments was achieved by a B-alkyl Suzuki carbon—carbon bond construction. N. Miyaura et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, 111, 314; N. Miyaura and A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev., 1995, 95, 2457. Thus, hydroboration of the pre-acyl fragment 11 was accomplished by its reaction with 9-BBN. The resultant mixed borane cross-coupled to iodoolefin 19, under the conditions indicated, to give 20 in 71% yield. (FIG. 4(B)) Upon cleavage of the acetal, aldehyde 21 was in hand.
The availability of 21 permitted exploration of the strategy in which the methyl group of the C-1 bound acetoxy function would serve as the nucleophilic component in a macroaldolization. Cf. C. M. Hayward et al., supra. Deprotonation was thereby accomplished with potassium hexamethyldisilazide in THF at −78° C. Unexpectedly, these conditions give rise to a highly stereoselective macroaldolization, resulting in the formation of the C-3 (S)-alcohol 22, as shown. The heavy preponderance of 22 was favored when its precursor potassium aldolate is quenched at ca. 0° C. When the aldolate was protonated at lower temperature, higher amounts of the C-3 (R) compound were detected. In fact, under some treatments, the C-3 (R) epimer predominates. It is therefore possible to generate highly favorable C-3(R):C-3(S) ratios in analytical scale quenches. In preparative scale experiments, the ratio of 22 to its C-3 epimer is 6:1.
With compound 22 in ready supply, the subgoal of obtaining desoxyepothilone (23) was feasible. This objective was accomplished by selective removal of the triphenylsilyl (TPS) group in 22, followed, sequentially, by selective silylation of the C-3 alcohol, oxidation of the C-5 alcohol, and, finally, fluoride-induced cleavage of the two silyl ethers.
Examination of a model made possible by the published crystal structure of epothilone (Höfle et al., supra), suggested that the oxirane is disposed on the convex periphery of the macrolide. Oxidation of 23 was carried out with dimethyl dioxirane under the conditions shown. The major product of this reaction was (−)epothilone A (1), the identity of which was established by nmr, infrared, mass spectral, optical rotation and chromotaraphic comparisons with authentic material. Höfle et al., supra. In addition to epothilone A (1), small amounts of a diepoxide mixture, as well as traces of the diastereomeric cis C12-C13 monoepoxide (≧20:) were detected.
The method of synthesis disclosed herein provides workable, practical amounts of epothilone A. More importantly, it provides routes to congeners, analogues and derivatives not available from the natural product itself. Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Use of Hydropyran Templates For the Management of Acyclic Stereochemical Relationships.
The synthesis of an enantiomerically pure equivalent of the alkoxy segment (carbons 9-15) was carried out in model studies. The key principle involves transference of stereochemical bias from an (S)-lactaldehyde derivative to an emerging dihydropyrone. The latter, on addition of the thiazole moiety and disassembly, provides the desired acyclic fragment in enantiomerically pure form.
Various novel structural features of the epothilones make their synthesis challenging. The presence of a thiazole moiety, as well as a cis epoxide, and a geminal dimethyl grouping are key problems to be overcome. An intriguing feature is the array of three contiguous methylene groups which serves to insulate the two functional domains of the molecules. The need to encompass such an achiral “spacer element” actually complicates prospects for continuous chirality transfer and seems to call for a strategy of merging two stereochemically committed substructures. The present invention provides a synthesis of compound 4A (FIG. 14), expecting that, in principle, such a structure could be converted to the epothilones themselves, and to related screening candidates.
The identification of compound 4A as a synthetic intermediate served as an opportunity to illustrate the power of hydropyran matrices in addressing problems associated with the control of stereochemistry in acyclic intermediates. The synthesis of dihydropyrones was previously disclosed through what amounts to overall cyclocondensation of suitably active dienes and aldehydic heterodienophiles. Danishefsky, S. J. Aldrichimica Acta, 1986, 19, 59. High margins of steroselectivity can be realized in assembling (cf. 5A+6A→7A) such matrices (FIG. 13). Moreover, the hydropyran platforms service various stereospecific reactions (see formalism 7A→8A). Furthermore, the products of these reactions are amenable to ring opening schemes, resulting in the expression of acyciic fragments with defined stereochemical relationships (cf. 8A→9A). Danishefsky, S. J. Chemtracts, 1989, 2, 273.
The present invention provides the application of two such routes for the synthesis of compound 4A. Route 1, which does not per se involve control of the issue of absolute configuration, commences with the known aldehyde 10A. Shafiee, A., et al., J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1979, 16, 1563; Schafiee, A.; Shahocini, S. J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1989, 26, 1627. Homologation, as shown, provided enal 12A. Cyclocondensation of 12A with the known diene (Danishefsky, S. J.; Kitahara, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1974, 96, 7807), under BF3 catalysis, led to racemic dihydropyrone 13A. Reduction of 13A under Luche conditions provided compound 14A. Luche, J.-L. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1978, 100, 2226. At this point it was feasible to take advantage of a previously introduced lipase methodology for resolution of glycal derivatives through enzymatically mediated kinetic resolution. Berkowitz, D. B. and Danishefsky, S. J. Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32, 5497; Berkowitz, D. B.; Danishefsky, S. J.; Schulte, G. K. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1992, 114, 4518. Thus, carbinol 14A was subjected to lipase 30, in the presence of isopropenyl acetate, following the prescriptions of Wong (Hsu, S.-H., et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31, 6403)to provide acetate 15A in addition to the enantiomerically related free glycal 16A. Compound 15A was further advanced to the PMB protected system 17A. At this juncture, it was possible to use another reaction type previously demonstrated by the present inventors. Thus, reaction of 17A with dimethyldioxirane (Danishefsky, S. J.; Bilodeau, M. T. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 1381) generated an intermediate (presumably the corresponding glycal epoxide) which, upon treatment with sodium metaperiodate gave rise to aldehyde formate 18A. Allylation of 18A resulted in the formation of carbinol 19A in which the formate ester had nicely survived. (For a review of allylations, see: Yamamoto, Y.; Asao, N. Chem. Rev. 1993, 93, 2207) However, 19A was accompanied by its anti stereoisomer (not shown here) [4:1]. Mesylation of the secondary alcohol, followed by deprotection (see 19A→20A) and cyclization, as indicated, gave compound 4A.
In this synthesis, only about half of the dihydropyrone was secured through the process of kinetic resolution. While, in theory, several of the synthetic stratagems considered contemplate use of each enantiomer of 15A to reach epothilone itself, another route was sought to allow for full enantiomeric convergence. The logic of this route is that the chirality of a “dummy” asymmetric center is communicated to the emerging pyran following previously established principles of tunable diastereoselection in the cyclocondensation reaction. (Danishefsky, supra) Cyclo-condensation of lactaldehyde derivative 21A (Heathcock, C. H., et al., J. Org. Chem., 1980, 45, 3846) with the indicated diene, under ostensible chelation control, afforded 22A. The side chain ether could then be converted to the methyl ketone 25A as shown (see 22A→23A→24A→25A). Finally, an Emmons condensations (for example, see: Lythgoe, B., et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1975, 3863; Toh, H. T.; Okamura, W. H. J. Org. Chem., 1983, 48, 1414; Baggiolini, E. G., et al., J. Org. Chem., 1986, 51, 3098) of 25A with the phoshphine oxide 26A was transformed to phosphine oxide 26A according to the procedure described in Toh, supra) as shown in FIG. 15 gave rise to 27A. (The known 2-methyl-4-chloromethylthiazole (see Marzoni, G. J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1986, 23, 577). A straightforward protecting group adjustment then afforded the previously encountered 17A. This route illustrates the concept of stereochemical imprinting through a carbon center which eventually emerges in planar form after conferring enantioselection to subsequently derived stereocenters. The use of the dihydropyrone based logic for securing the stereochemical elements of the epothilones, as well as the identification of a possible strategy for macrocyclization will be described in the following section.
Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Sterocontrolled
Assembly of the Acyl Region and Models for Macrocyclization.
Ring-forming olefin metathesis has been employed to construct 16-membered ring congeners related to epothilone A. A stereospecific synthesis of the C3-C9 sector of the acyl fragment was achieved by exploiting a novel oxidative opening of a cyclopropanated glycal.
Disclosed in the previous section is a synthesis of the “alkoxy” segment of epothilone (1) (see compound 2B, FIG. 7) encompassing carbons 10 to 21. In this section the synthesis of another fragment encoding the stereochemical information of acyl section carbons 3 to 9. It was envisioned that the aldehydo center (C3) of the formal target 3B would serve as an attachment site to a nucleophilic construct derived from compound 2B (requiring placement of a 2 carbon insert, as suggested in FIG. 7), through either inter- or intramolecular means. In such a context, it would be necessary to deal independendy with the stereochemistry of the secondary alcohol center eventually required at C3. One of the interesting features of system 3B is the presence of geminal methyl groups at carbon 4 (epothilone numbering). Again, use is made of a dihydropyran strategy to assemble a cyclic matrix corresponding, after appropriate disassembly, to a viable equivalent of system 3B. The expectation was to enlarge upon the dihydropyran paradigm to include the synthesis of gem-dimethyl containing cyclic and acyclic fragments. The particular reaction type for this purpose is generalized under the heading of transformation of 4B→5B (see FIG. 7). Commitment as to the nature of the electrophile E is avoided. Accordingly, the question whether a reduction would or would not be necessary in going from structure type 5B to reach the intended generalized target 3B is not addressed.
The opening step consisted of a stereochemically tuneable version of the diene-aldehyde cyclocondensation reaction (FIG. 8; Danishefsky, S. J., Aldrichimica Acta, 1986, 19, 59), in this instance drawing upon chelation control in the merger of the readily available enantiomerically homogenous aldehyde 6B with the previously known diene 7B. Danishefsky, S. J., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1979, 101, 7001. Indeed, as precedent would have it, under the influence of titanium tetrachloride there was produced substantially a single isomer shown as compound 8B. In the usual and stereochemically reliable way (Danishefsky, S. J., Chemtracts Org. Chem. 1989, 2, 273), the dihydropyrone was reduced to the corresponding glycal, 9B. At this point, it was feasible to utilize a directed Simmons-Smith reaction for the conversion of glycal 9B to cyclopropane 10B. Winstein, S.; Sonnenberg, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1961, 83, 3235; Dauben, W. G.; Berezin, G. H. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1963, 85, 468; Furukawa, J., et al., Tetrahedron, 1968, 24, 53; For selected examples, see Soeckman, R. K. Jr.: Charette, A. B.; Asberom, T.; Johnston, B. H. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1991, 113, 5337; Timmers, C. M.; Leeuwenurgh, M. A.; Verheijen, J. C.; Van der Marel, G. A.; Van Boom, J. H. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 1996, 7, 49. This compound is indeed an interesting structure in that it corresponds in one sense to a cyclopropano version of a C-glycoside. At the same time, the cyclopropane is part of a cyclopropylcarbinyl alcohol system with attendant possibilities for rearrangement. Wenkert, E., et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1970, 92, 7428. It was intended to cleave the C-glycosidic bond of the cyclopropane in a fashion which would elaborate the geminal methyl groups, resulting in a solvent-derived glycoside with the desired aidehyde oxidation state at C-3 (see hypothesized transformation 4B→5B, FIG. 7). In early efforts, the non-oxidative version of the projected reaction (i.e. E+=H+) could not be reduced to practice. Instead, products clearly attributable to the ring expanded system 11 were identified. For example, exposure of 10B to acidic methanol gave rise to an epimeric mixture of seven-membered mixed-acetals, presumably through the addition of methanol to oxocarbenium ion 11B.
However, the desired sense of cyclopropane opening, under the influence of the ring oxygen, was achieved by subjecting compound 10B to oxidative opening with N-iodosuccinimide. (For interesting Hg(ll)-induced solvolyses of cyclopropanes that are conceptually similar to the conversion of 10B to 12B, see: Collum, D. B.; Still, W. C.; Mohamadi, F. J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1986, 108, 2094; Collum, D. B.; Mohamadi, F.; Hallock, J. S.; J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1983, 105, 6882. Following this precedent, a Hg(ll)-induced solvolysis of cyclopropane 10B was achieved, although this transformation proved to be less efficient than the reaction shown in FIG. 8). The intermediate iodomethyl compound, obtained as a methyl glycoside 12B, when exposed to the action of tri-n-butyltinhydride gave rise to pyran 13B containing the geminal methyl groups. Protection of this alcohol (see 13B→14B), followed by cleavage of the glycosidic bond, revealed the acyclic dithiane derivative 15B which can serve as a functional version of the hypothetical aldehyde 3B.
Possible ways of combining fragments relating to 2B and 3B in a fashion to reach epothilone and congeners thereof were examined. In view of the studies of Schrock (Schrock, R. R., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1990, 112, 3875) and Grubbs (Schwab, P. et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1995, 34, 2039; Grubbs, R. H.; Miller, S. J. Fu, G. C. Acc. Chem. Res., 1995, 28, 446; Schmalz, H.-G., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1995, 34, 1833) and the disclosure of Hoveyda (Houri, A. F., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1995, 117, 2943), wherein a complex lactam was constructed in a key intramolecular olefin macrocyclization step through a molybdenum mediated intramolecuar olefin in metathesis reaction (Schrock, supra; Schwab, supra), the possibility of realizing such an approach was considered. (For other examples of ring-closing metathesis, see: Martin, S. F.; Chen, H.-J.; Courtney, A. K.; Lia, Y.; Patzel, M.; Ramser, M N.; Wagman, A. S. Tetrahedron, 1996, 52, 7251; Furstner, A.; Langemann, K. J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3942.)
The matter was first examined with two model ω-unsaturated acids 16B and 17B which were used to acylate alcohol 2B to provide esters 18B and 19B, respectively (see FIG. 9). These compounds did indeed undergo olefin metathesis macrocyclization in the desired manner under the conditions shown. In the case of substrate 18B, compound set 208 was obtained as a mixture of E- and Z-stereoisomers [ca. 1:1]. Diimide reduction of 20B was then conducted to provide homogeneous 22B. The olefin methathesis reaction was also extended to compound 19B bearing geminal methyl groups corresponding to their placement at C4 of epothilone A. Olefin metathesis occurred, this time curiously producing olefin 21B as a single entity in 70% yield (stereochemisty tentatively assigned as Z.) Substantially identical results were obtained through the use of Schrock's molybdenum alkylidene metathesis catalyst.
As described above, olefin metathesis is therefore amenable to the challenge of constructing the sixteen membered ring containing both the required epoxy and thiazolyl functions of the target system. It is pointed out that no successful olefin metathesis reaction has yet been realized from secosystems bearing a full compliment of functionality required to reach epothilone. These negative outcomes may merely reflect a failure to identify a suitable functional group constraint pattern appropriate for macrocylization.
The Total Synthesis of Epothilone B: Extension of the Suzuki Coupline Method
The present invention provides the first total synthesis of epothilone A (1). D. Meng, et al., J. Org. Chem, 1996, 61, 7998 P. Bertinato, et al., J. Org. Chem, 1996, 61, 8000. A. Balog, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 2801. D. Meng, et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1997, 119, 10073. (For a subsequent total synthesis of epothilone A, see: Z. Yang, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1997, 36, 166.) This synthesis proceeds through the Z-desoxy compound (23) which underwent highly stereoselective epoxidation with 2,2-dimethyldioxirane under carefully defined conditions to yield the desired β-epoxide. The same myxobacterium of the genus Sorangium which produces 23 also produces epothilone B (2). The latter is a more potent agent than 23, both in antifungal screens and in cytotoxicity/cell nucleus disintegration assays. G. Höfle, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1996, 35, 1567; D. M. Bollag, et al., Cancer Res. 1995, 55, 2325.
An initial goal structure was desoxyepothilone B (2C) or a suitable derivative thereof. Access to such a compound would enable the study of the regio- and stereoselectivity issues associated with epoxidation of the C12→C13 double bond. A key issue was the matter of synthesizing Z-tri-substituted olefinic precursors of 2C with high margins of stereoselection. A synthetic route to the disubstituted system (A. Balog, et al., Agnew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 2801) employed a palladium-mediated B-alkyl Suzuki coupling (N. Miyaura, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1989, 111, 314. (For a review, see: N.
Miyaura, A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457) of the Z-vinyl iodide 19 (FIG. 4(A)) with borane 7C derived from hydroboration of compound 11 (FIG. 1(A)) with 9-BBN (FIG. 4(B)).)
A preliminary approach was to apply the same line of thinking to reach a Z-tri-substituted olefin (FIG. 17) en route to 2C. Two issues had to be addressed. First, it would be necessary to devise a method to prepare vinyl iodide 8C, the tri-substituted analog of 19. If this goal could be accomplished, a question remained as to the feasibility of conducting the required B-alkyl Suzuki coupling reaction to reach a Z-tri-substituted olefin. The realization of such a transformation with a “B-alkyl” (as opposed to a “B-alkenyl” system) at the inter-molecular level, and where the vinyl iodide is not of the β-iodoenoate (or β-iodoenone) genre, was not precedented. (For some close analogies which differ in important details from the work shown here, see: N. Miyaura, et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1982, 55, 2221; M. Ohba, et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 6101; C. R. Johnson, M. P. Braun, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1993, 115, 11014.)
The synthesis of compound 8C is presented in FIG. 16. The route started with olefin 10C which was prepared by catalytic asymmetric allylation of 9C (G. E. Keck, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1993, 175, 8467) followed by acetylation. Site-selective dihydroxylation of 10C. followed by cleavage of the glycol generated the unstable aidehyde 11C. Surprisingly, the latter reacted with phosphorane 12C (J. Chen, et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35, 2827) to afford the Z-iodide 8C albeit in modest overall yield. Borane 7C was generated from 11 as described herein. The coupling of compound 7C and iodide 8C (FIG. 16) could be conducted to produce the pure Z-olefin 13C.
With compound 13C in hand, protocols similar to those employed in connection with the synthesis of 23 could be used. (A. Balog, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 2801). Thus, cleavage of the acetal linkage led to aldehyde 14C which was now subjected to macroaldolization (FIG. 17). The highest yields were obtained by carrying out the reaction under conditions which apparently equilibrate the C3 hydroxyl group. The 3R isomer was converted to the required 3S epimer via reduction of its derived C3-ketone (see compound 15C). The kinetically controlled aldol condensation leading to the natural 3S configuration as described in the epothilone A series was accomplished. However, the overall yield for reaching the 3S epimer is better using this protocol. Cleavage of the C-5 triphenyisilyl ether was followed sequentially by monoprotection (t-butyldimethylsilyi) of the C3 hydroxyl, oxidation at C5 (see compound 16C), and, finally, cleavage of the silyl protecting groups to expose the C3 and C7 alcohols (see compound 2C).
It was found that Z-desoxyepothilone B (2C) undergoes very rapid and substantially regio- and stereoselective epoxidation under the conditions indicated (although precise comparisons are not available, the epoxidation of 2C appears to be more rapid and regioselective than is the case with 23) (A. Balog, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 1996, 35, 2801), to afford epothilone B (2) identical with an authentic sample (1H NMR, mass spec, IR, [α]D). Accordingly, the present invention dislcoses the first total synthesis of epothilone B. Important preparative features of the present method include the enantioselective synthesis of the trisubstituted vinyl iodide 8C, the palladium-mediated stereospecific coupling of compounds 7C and 8C to produce compound 13C (a virtually unprecedented reaction in this form), and the amenability of Z-desoxyepothilone B (2C) to undergo regio- and stereoselective epoxidation under appropriate conditions.
Desmethylepothilone A
Total syntheses of epothilones A and B have not been previously disclosed. Balog, A., et al., Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1996, 35, 2801; Nicolaou, K. C., et al., Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 166. Nicolaou, K. C., et al., Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 525; Schinzer, D., et al., Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 523. Su, D. -S., et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 757. The mode of antitumor action of the epothilones closely mimics that of Taxol™. Höfle, G., et al., H. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1996, 35, 1567. Although Taxol™ (paclitaxel) is a clinically proven drug, its formulation continues to be difficult. In addition, taxol induces the multidrug resistance (MDR) phenotype. Hence, any novel agent that has the same mechanism of action as taxol and has the prospect of having superior therapeutic activity warrants serious study. Bollag, D. M., et al., Cancer Res. 1995, 55, 2325.
The present invention provides epothilone analogs that are more effective and more readily synthesized than epothilone A or B. The syntheses of the natural products provide ample material for preliminary biological evaluation, but not for producing adequate amounts for full development. One particular area where a structural change could bring significant relief from the complexities of the synthesis would be in the deletion of the C8 methyl group from the polypropionate domain (see target system 3D). The need to deal with this C8 chiral center complicates all of the syntheses of epothilone disclosed thus far. Deletion of the C8 methyl group prompts a major change in synthetic strategy related to an earlier diene-aldehyde cyclocondensation route. Danishefsky, S. J. Chemtracts 1989, 2, 273; Meng, D., et al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 7998; Bertinato, P., et al., J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 8000.
As shown in FIG. 20, asymmetric crotylation (87% ee) of 4D (Brown, H. C.; Bhat, K. S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1986, 108, 5919), followed by protection led to TBS ether 5D. The double bond was readily cleaved to give aldehyde 6D. The aldehyde was coupled to the dianion derived from t-butyl isobutyrylacetate to provide 7D. The ratio of the C55 (7D): C5R compound (not shown) is ca 10:1. That the Weiler-type β-ketoester dianion chemistry (Weiler, L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1970, 92, 6702.; Weiler, L.; Huckin, S. N. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 96, 1082) can be conducted in the context of the isobutyryl group suggested several alternate approaches for still more concise syntheses. Directed reduction of the C3 ketone of 7D following literature precedents (Evans, D. A., et al., J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 741), followed by selective silylation of the C3 hydroxyl gave a 50% yield of a 10:1 ratio of the required C35 (see compound 8D) to C3R isomer (not shown). Reduction with sodium borohydride afforded a ca. 1:1 mixture of C3 epimers. The carbinol, produced upon debenzylation, was oxidized to an aldehyde which, following methylenation through a simple Wittig reaction, afforded olefin 9D. Treatment of this compound with TBSOTf provided ester 10D which was used directly in the Suzuki coupling with the vinyl iodide 12D.
The hydroboration of 10D with 9-BBN produced intermediate 11D which, on coupling with the vinyl iodide 12D and in situ cleavage of the TBS ester led to 13D (FIG. 21). After de-acetylation, the hydroxy acid 14D was in hand. Macrolactonization of this compound (Boden, E. P.; Keck, G. E. J. Org. Chem. 1985, 50, 2394) produced 15D which, after desilylation, afforded C8-desmethyldesoxyepothilone (16D). Finally, epoxidation of this compound with dimethyldioxirane produced the goal structure 3D. The stereoselectivity of epoxidation was surprisingly poor (1.5:1) given that epoxidation of desoxyepothilone A occurred with >20:1 stereoselectivity. Deletion of the C8 methyl group appears to shift the conformational distribution of 16D to forms in which the epoxidation by dimethyl dioxirane is less β-selective. It is undetermined whether the effect of the C8 methyl on the stereoselectivity of epoxidation by dimethydioxirane and the dramatic reduction of biological activity are related.
Compounds 3D and 16D were tested for cytotoxicity in cell cultures and assembly of tubulin in the absence of GTP. Microtubule protein (MTP) was purified from calf brains by two cycles of temperature dependent assembly and disassembly. Weisenberg, R. C. Science 1972, 177, 1104. In control assembly experiments, MTP (1 mg/mL) was diluted in assembly buffer containing 0.1 M MES (2-(N-morpholino) ethanesulfonic acid), 1 mM EGTA, 0.5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM GTP and 3M glycerol, pH 6.6. The concentration of tubulin in MTP was estimated to be about 85%. Assembly was monitored spectrophotometrically at 350 nm, 35° C. for 40 min by following changes in turbidity as a measure of polymer mass. Gaskin, F.; Cantor, C. R.; Shelanksi, M. L. J. Mol. Biol. 1974, 89, 737. Drugs were tested at a concentration of 10 μM, in the absence of GTP. Microtubule formation was verified by electron microscopy. To determine the stability of microtubules assembled in the presence of GTP or drug, turbidity was followed for 40 min after the reaction temperature was shifted to 4° C.
Cytotoxicity studies showed drastically reduced activity in the 8-desmethyl series. Compounds 3D and 16D were approximately 200 times less active than their corresponding epothilone A counterparts (see Table 1). Recalling earlier SAR findings at both C3 and C5, in conjunction with the findings disclosed herein, the polypropionate sector of the epothilones emerges as a particularly sensitive locus of biological function. Su, D.-S., et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 757; Meng, D., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119.
TABLE 1
Relative efficacy of epothilone compounds against drug-sensitive
and resistant human leukemic CCRF-CEM cell lines.a
CCRF-CEM CCRF-CEM/VBL CCRF-CEM/VM1
Compound IC50 (μM)b IC50 (μM)b IC50 (μM)b
16D 5.00 5.75 6.29
3D 0.439 2.47 0.764
epothilone A 0.003 0.020 0.003
desoxyepothilone A 0.022 0.012 0.013
epothilone B 0.0004 0.003 0.002
desoxyepothilone B 0.009 0.017 0.014
paclitaxel 0.002 3.390 0.002
aThe cytotoxicities of test compounds were determined by the growth of human lymphoblastic leukemic cells CCRF/CEM, or their sublines resistant to vinblastine and taxol (CCRF-CEM/VBL) or resistant to etoposide (CCRF-CEM/VM-1). XTT-microculture tetrazolium/formazan assays were used.
bThe IC50 values were calculated from 5-6 concentrations based on the median-effect plot using computer software.

Biological Results
In the tables which follow, model system 1 is desoxyepothilone. Model system 2 has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00062
wherein R′ and R″ are H.
Model system 3 has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00063
TABLE 2
Relative Efficacy of Epothilone Compound Against Human
Leukemic CCRF-CEM Cell Growth and Against
CCRF-CEM MDR Sublines Resistance to Taxol or Etoposide
IC50 in μM
COMPOUND CCRF-CEM CCRF-CEM/VLB CCRF-CEM/VM-1
EPOTHILONE A NATURAL 0.0035 0.0272 0.0034
EPOTHILONE A SYNTHETIC 0.0029 0.0203 0.0034
MODEL SYSTEM I [3] 271.7 22.38 11.59
TRIOL ANALOG [2] 14.23 6.28 43.93
DESOXY EPOTHILONE [1] 0.002 0.012 0.013
TAXOL 0.0023 2.63 0.0030
VINBLASTINE 0.00068 0.4652 0.00068
VP-16 (ETOPOSIDE) 0.2209 7.388 34.51
Relative Potency of Epothilone Compounds Against Human Leukemic CCRF Sublines
CCRF-CEM/VBL CCRF-CEM/VM,
(MDR Cell Line) (Taxol (Topo II gene mutated cell
CCRF-CEM Resistant)-(1143 fold) line) (Taxol Sensitive)
(Parent Cell Line) (Vinblastine Resistant) (VP-16 resistant)
IC50 [IC50 IC50 [IC50 relative IC50 [IC50 relative
(μM) relative to (μM) to Epothilone A (μM) to Epothilone A
COMPOUND (A) Epothilone A] (B) (B)/(A)] (C) (C)/(A)]
TAXOL 0.0023 [0.72] 2.63 [109.6] (1143)a 0.0030 [0.88] (1.30)a
MODEL 271.7 [84906] 22.38 [932.5] (0.082)b 11.59 [3409] (0.043)b
SYSTEM I
TRIAL ANALOG 14.23 [4447] 6.28 [261.71] (0.44)b 43.93 [12920] (3.09)a
DESOXYEPO- 0.022 [6.9] 0.012 [0.5] (0.55)b 0.013 [3.82] (059)b
THILONE A
EPOTHILONE A 0.0032 [1] 0.024 [1] (7.5)a 0.0034 [1] (1.06)a
a(B)/(A) or (C)/(A) ratio >1 indicates fold of resistance when compared with the parent cell line.
b(B)/(A) or (C)/(A) ratio <1 indicates fold of collateral sensitivity when compared with the parent cell line.
As shown in Table 2, CCRF-CEM is the parent cell line. CCRF-CEM/VBL (MDR cell line) is 1143-fold resistant to taxol. CCRF-CEM/VM (Topo II mutated cell line) only 1.3-fold resistant to taxol.
In terms of relative potency, synthetic Epothilone is roughly the same as natural Epothilone A.
For CCRF-CEM cells, the ordering is:
Taxol=Epothilone A>Desoxy Epothilone A>>Triol Analog>>Model System I
For CCRF-CEM/VBL, the relative potency ordering is:
Desoxy Epothilone A≧Epothilone A>>Taxol>Triol Analog>Model System I
For CCRF-CEM/VM, the relative potency ordering is:
Taxol=Epothilone A>Desoxy Epothilone A>>Model System I>Triol Analog
It is concluded that CCRF-CEM/VM cells are collaterally sensitive to certain epothilone compounds.
TABLE 3
Relative Efficacy of Epothilone Compounds Against
The DC-3F Hamster Lung Cell Growth and Against
DC-3F MDR Sublines Resistant Actinomylin D
IC50 in μM
COMPOUNDS DC-3F DC-3F/ADH DC-3F/ADX
EPOTHILONE A 0.00368 0.01241 0.0533
NATURAL
EPOTHILONE A 0.00354 0.0132 0.070
SYNTHETIC
MODEL SYSTEM I [3] 9.52 3.004 0.972
TRIOL ANALOG [2] 10.32 4.60 4.814
DESOXY 0.01061 0.0198 0.042
EPOTHILONE [1]
TAXOL 0.09469 3.205 31.98
VINBLASTINE 0.00265 0.0789 1.074
VP-16 (Etoposide) 0.03386 0.632 12.06
ACTINOMYCIN-D 0.000058 0.0082 0.486
(0.005816 nm)
Concerning Table 3, experiments were carried out using the cell lines DC-3F (parent hamster lung cells), DC-3F/ADII (moderate multidrug-resistant (MDR) cells) and DC-3F/ADX (very strong MDR cells).
The relative potency of the compounds are as follows:
DC-3F: Actinomycin D>Vinblastine≧Epothilone A (0.0036 μM)>Desoxy epothilone>VP-16>Taxol (0.09 μM)>Model system I and triol analog
DC-3F/ADX: Desoxyepothilone≧Epothilone A (0.06 μM)>Actinomycin D>Model system I>Vinblastine>triol analog>viablastine>taxol (32.0 μM)
DC-3F/ADX cells (8379-fold resistant to actinomycin D) are >338 fold (ca. 8379 fold) resistant to Taxol, VP-16, Vinblastine and Actinomycin D but <20 fold resistant to epothilone compounds.
In general, these results are similar to those for CCRF-CEM cells.
TABLE 4
Three Drug Combination Analysis
(Based on the Mutually Exclusive Assumption -
Classical Isobologram Method)
Drug A: EPOTHILONE B
(#8) (μM)
Drug B: TAXOL (μM)
Drug C: VINBLASTINE
(μM)
Conditions: CCRF-CEM, 3 DRUG COMBINATION,
RATIO (A:B:C: 1:5:1); EPOTHILONE +
TAXOL + VINBLASTINE; EXPOSURE
TIME
72 HRS; XTT ASSAY.
Combination Index* Values at:
Dm
(IC50) Parameters
Drug ED50 ED75 ED90 ED95 (μM) m r
A −00061 1.71561 .98327
B −00109 2.14723 .98845
C −00061 1.76186 .9919
A + 1.51545 1.38631 1.27199 1.20162 −00146 2.41547 .97168
B
B + 1.43243 1.33032 1.23834 1.18091  .00138 2.35755 .95695
C
A + .74395 .68314 .62734 .59204  .00045 2.0098 .96232
C
A + 1.37365 1.32001 1.27285 1.24412  .00122 2.11202 .93639
B +
C
VBL → microtubule depolymerization
Taxol → microtubule
polymerization
Epo-B → microtubule
polymerization
Epothilone B and Taxol have a similar mechanism of action
(polymerization) but Epothilone B synergizes VBL whereas Taxol
antagonizes VBL.
Taxol + VBL → Antagonism
EpoB + Taxol → Antagonism
EpoB + VBL → Synergism
EpoB + Taxol + VBL → Antagonism
*Combination index values <1, =1, and >1 indicate synergism, additive effect, and antagonism, respectively.
TABLE 5
Relative cytotoxicity of epothilone compounds in vitro.
IC50 in μM
Compounds CCRF-CEM CCRF-CEM/VLB CCRF-CEM/VM-1
VINBLASTINE **** 0.0008 0.44 0.00049
0.0006 (0.00063 ± 0.221 (0.332 ± 0.00039 (0.00041 ±
0.0005 0.00008) 0.336 0.063 (52.7X)§ 0.00036 0.00004) (0.7X)
VP-16 0.259 6.02 35.05
0.323 (0.293 ± 9.20 (10.33 ± 42.24 (34.39 ±
0.296 0.019) 15.76 2.87) (35.3X) 25.89 4.73) (117.4X)
TAXOL *** 0.0021 4.14 0.0066
#17 * 0.090 0.254
#18 1157.6 >>1
#19 0.959 >>1
#20 * 0.030 0.049
#21 — —
#22 * 0.098 0.146
#23 — —
#24 *** 0.0078 0.053
#25 * 0.021 0.077
#26 * 0.055 0.197
#27 **** 0.0010 0.0072
Epothilone A (Syn) *** 0.0021 0.015
Epothilone B (Syn) **** 0.00042 0.0017
*Number of asterisks denotes relative potency.
§Number in parentheses indicates relative resistance (fold) when compared with parent cell line.
TABLE 6
Relative potency of epothilone compounds in vitro.
IC50 in μM
Compounds CCRF-CEM CCRF-CEM/VBL CCRF-CEM/VM-1
Desoxy Epo. A 1 * 0.022 0.012 0.013
2 14.23 6.28 43.93
3 271.7 22.38 11.59
4 2.119 43.01 2.76
5 >20 35.19 98.04
Trans-A 6 0.052 0.035 0.111
7 7.36 9.82 9.65
Syn-Epo.-B 8 **** 0.00082 0.0029 0.0044
Natural B 9 **** 0.00044 0.0026 0.0018
Desoxy Epo. B 10 *** 0.0095 0.017 0.014
Trans. Epo. B 11 * 0.090 0.262 0.094
12 0.794 >5 >5
13 11.53 5.63 14.46
8-desmethyl 14 5.42 5.75 6.29
desoxy-Epo
8-desmethyl 15 0.96 5.95 2.55
Mix-cis Epo
8-desmethyl 15 0.439 2.47 0.764
β-Epo
8-demethyl 16 7.47 16.48 0.967
α-Epo
EPOTHILONE A *** 0.0024 (0.0027 ± 0.0211 (0.020 ± 0.006 (0.00613 ±
(Natural) 0.0031 0.0003) 0.0189 0.001) (7.4X) 0.00625 0.0001) (2.3X)
EPOTHILONE B **** 0.00017 0.0017 (7.0X) 0.00077
(Natural)
EPOTHILONE B
(Synthetic) 0.00055 0.0031 (0.00213 ± 0.0018 (0.00126 ±
EPOTHILONE B (0.00035 ± 0.00055) 0.0003)
(Synthetic, larger 0.0003)
quantity synthesis) 0.0021 (6.1X) 0.0012 (3.6X)
(25.9 mg) 0.00033
TABLE 7
Relative cytotoxicity of epothilone compounds in vitro.
IC50
CEM CEM/VBL
epothilone A 0.0029 μM 0.0203 μM
desoxyepothilone 0.022 0.012
 2 14.2 6.28
 3 271.7 22.4
 4 2.1 43.8
 5 >20 35.2
 6 0.052 0.035
 7 7.4 9.8
synthetic epothilone B 0.00082 0.00293
natural epothilone B 0.00044 0.00263
desoxyepothilone B 0.0095 0.0169
11 0.090 0.262
12 0.794 >5
13 11.53 5.63
14 5.42 5.75
15 0.439 2.47
16 7.47 16.48
17 0.090 0.254
18 1157.6 >>1
19 0.959 >>1
20 0.030 0.049
21 Not Available —
22 0.098 0.146
23 Not Available —
24 0.0078 0.053
25 0.0212 0.077
26 0.0545 0.197
27 0.0010 0.0072
TABLE 8
Chemotherapeutic Effect of Epothilone B, Taxol & Vinblastine in
CB-17 Scid Mice Bearing Human CCRF-CEM and CCRF-CEM/VBL Xenograft1
Average weight change Average tumor volume
Tumor Drug2 Dose Day 0 Day 7 Day 12 Day 17 Day 22 Day 7 Day 12 Day 17 Day 22
CCRF-CEM 0 24.4 +0.2 +0.4 +0.1 +0.5 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.00
Epo B 0.74 24.7 −0.1 −0.7 −1.4 +0.3 1.0 0.53 0.48 0.46
1.05 25.0 +0.1 −1.5 −2.4 +0.1 1.0 0.46 0.35 0.43
Taxol 2.0 25.1 −0.1 −1.1 −1.5 −0.3 1.0 0.39 0.29 0.28
4.0 25.1 −0.2 −1.7 −1.9 −0.3 1.0 0.37 0.23 0.19
VBL 0.2 25.9 +0.2 −0.8 −1.5 −0.3 1.0 0.45 0.25 0.29
0.4 25.0 −0.1 −1.4 −1.8 −0.7 1.0 0.31 0.27 0.30
CCRF-CEM/ 0 26.3 −0.3 +0.1 −0.3 +0.4 1.0 1.00 1.00 1.00
VBL EpoB 0.7 25.8 +0.1 −0.7 −1.0 −0.2 1.0 0.32 0.40 0.33
1.08 26.0 −0.2 −1.3 −2.1 −0.5 1.0 0.41 0.27 0.31
Taxol 2.0 26.1 0 −0.9 −1.5 −0.1 1.0 0.60 0.58 0.70
4.0 26.0 0 −1.4 −1.6 −0.9 1.0 0.79 0.55 0.41
VBL 0.2 25.9 −0.3 −0.8 −1.4 −0.3 1.0 0.86 0.66 0.67
0.4 25.9 0 −1.2 −1.8 −0.5 1.0 1.02 0.57 0.62
1CCRF-CEM and CCRF-CEM/VBL tumor tissue 50 ul/mouse implanted S.C. on day 0, Treatments i.p., QD on day 7, 8, 9, 10, 14 and 15. There were seven CB-17 scid male mice in each dose group and control.
2Epo B, epothilone B; VBL, vinblastine.
3The tumor volumes for each group on day 7 was about 1 mm3. The average volumes of CCRF-CEM control group on day 12, 17 and 22 were 19, 76 and 171 mm3, and of CCRF-CEM/VBL control group were 35, 107 and 278 mm3, respectively.
4Two mice died of drug toxicity on day 19 & 20.
5Three mice died of drug toxicity on day 18, 19 and 21.
6One mouse died of drug toxicity on day 17.
In summary, epothilones and taxol have similar modes of action by stabilizing polymerization of microtubules. However, epothilones and taxol have distinct novel chemical structures.
MDR cells are 1500-fold more resistant to taxol (CCRF-CEM/VBL cells), epothilone A showed only 8-fold resistance and epothilone B showed only 5-fold resistance. For CCRF-CEM cells, Epo B is 6-fold more potent than Epo A and 10-fold more potent than Taxol. Desoxyepothilone B and compd #24 are only 3-4-fold less potent than Taxol and compound #27 is >2-fold more potent than Taxol. Finally, Taxol and vinblastine showed antagonism against CCRF-CEM tumor cells, whereas the combination of Epo B+vinblastine showed synergism.
Relative Cytotoxicity of Epothilones against Human Leukemic Cells in Vitro is in the order as follows:
CCRF-CEM Leukemic Cells
Epo B (IC50=0.00035 μM; Rel. Value=1)>VBL (0.00063;1/1.8)>#27(0.0010;1/2.9)>Taxol (0.0021; 1/6)>Epo A (0.0027; 1/7.7)>#24(0.0078; 1/22.3)>#10 (0.0095; 1/27.1)>#25 (0.021; 1/60)>#1 (0.022; 1/62.8)>#20 (0.030; 1/85.7)>#6 (0.052; 1/149)>#26 0.055; 1/157)>#17 (0.090; 1/257)>VP-16 (0.29; 1/8.29)>#15 (0.44; 1/1257)>#(0.96; 1/2943)
CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR Leukemic Cells
Epo B (0.0021; 1/6* [1]**)>#27 (0.0072; 1/20.6)>#1 (0.012; 1/34.3)>#10 (0.017; 1/48.6)>Epo A (0.020; 1/57.1 [1/9.5])>#6 (0.035)>#20 (0.049)>#24 (0.053)x#25 (0.077)>#22 (0.146)>#26 (0.197)>#17 (0.254)>#11 (0.262)>VBL (0.332; 1/948.6 [1/158.1])>Taxol (4.14; 1/11828 [1/1971.4])>VP-16 (10.33; 1/29514 [1/4919]) *Potency in parentheses is relative to Epo B in CCRF-CEM cells. **Potency in square brackets is relative to Epo B in CCRF-CEM/VBL MDR cells.
As shown in Table 9, treatment of MX-1 xenograft-bearing nude mice with desoxyepothilone B (35 mg/kg, 0/10 lethality), taxol (5 mg/kg, 2/10 lethality; 10 mg/kg, 2/6 lethality) and adriamycin (2 mg/kg, 1/10 lethality; 3 mg/kg, 4/6 lethality) every other day, i.p. beginning day 8 for 5 doses resulted in a far better therapeutic effect for desoxyepothilone B at 35 mg/kg than for taxol at 5 mg/kg and adrimycin at 2 mg/kg with tumor volume reduction of 98%, 53% and 28%, respectively. For the desoxyepothilone B-treated group, 3 out of 10 mice were found with tumor non-detectable on day 18. (See FIG. 46)
Extended treatment with desoxyepothilone B (40 mg/kg, i.p.) beginning day 18 every other day for 5 more doses resulted in 5 out of 10 mice with tumor disappearing on day 28 (or day 31). See Table 10. By contrast, the extended treatment with taxol at 5 mg/kg for five more doses resulted in continued tumor growth at a moderate rate, and 2 out of 10 mice died of toxicity.
Toxicity studies with daily i.p. doses of desoxyepothilone B (25 mg/kg, a very effective therapeutic dose as indicated in earlier experiments) for 4 days to six mice resulted in no reduction in average body weight. (Table 13; FIG. 47) By contrast, epothilone B (0.6 mg/kg, i.p.) for 4 days to eight mice resulted in 33% reduction in average body weight; all eight mice died of toxicity between day 5 and day 7.
TABLE 9
Therapeutic Effect of Desoxyepothilone B, Taxol, and Adriamycin in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenografta
Average Body Weight Change Average Tumor Volume Tumor
Dose (g) (T/C) Disappear-
Drug (mg/kg) Day 8 10 12 14 16 18 Day 10 12 14 16 18 Died ance
Control
0 24.6 −0.1 +1.0 +1.0 +1.3 +1.8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0/10 0/10
Desoxyepothilone B 35  23.0 −0.1 +0.7 −0.3 −1.7 −1.6 0.42 0.28 0.07 0.04 0.02 0/10 3/10
Taxol 5 24.0 −1.3 −0.8 −1.4 −1.9 −1.8 0.58 0.36 0.34 0.42 0.47 2/10 0/10
10  24.3 −1.0 −1.0 −2.3 −3.5 −3.8 0.85 0.40 0.21 0.20 0.12 2/6  1/6 
Adriamycin  2b 23.9 +0.3 0 −1.4 −1.9 −2.0 0.94 0.88 1.05 0.69 0.72 1/10 0/10
  3c 22.4 +1.3 −0.2 −1.5 −2.1 −2.3 0.72 0.54 0.56 0.51 0.36 4/6  0/6 
aMX-1 tissue 100 μl/mouse was implanted s.c on day 0. Every other day i.p. treatments were given on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16. The average tumor volume of control group on day 10, 12, 14, 16 and 18 were 78, 151, 372, 739 and 1257 mm3, respectively.
bOne mouse died of toxicity on day 22.
cFour mice died of toxicity on day 24.
TABLE 10
Extended Experiment of Desoxyepothilone B, Taxol, Cisplatin and Cyclophophamide in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenografta
Average Body Weight Change Average Tumor
Dose (g) Tumor Disappearance Disappearance #
Drug (mg/kg) Day 8 20 22 24 26 28 Day 20 22 24 26 28 Duration (Day) Died
Desoxyepo B 40 23.0 −1.7 −2.4 −2.4 −1.4 −1.2 2/10b 2/10 3/10 5/10 5/10 44(5/10) 0/10
Taxol 5 24.0 −1.6 −0.3 +0.1 −0.6 −0.4 0/10  0/10 0/10 0/10 0/10 2/10
10 No extended test 1/6 on day 16 Reappear on day 38 2/6 
aExtended experiment was carried out after 5 times injection (on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16). Every other day i.p. treatments were given continuously; Desoxyepothilone B and Taxol on day 18, 20, 22, 24 and 26; control group mice were sacrificed.
bOne of the mice tumor reappeared on day 20.
TABLE 11
Toxicity of Epothilone B and
Desoxyepothilone B in normal nude mice.
Dose and Number Dis-
Schedule of appear-
Group (mg/kg) mice Died ance Duration
Control
4 0
Epothilone Ba 0.6 QD × 4 8 8
Desoxyepothilone B  25 QD × 4 6 0
aMice died of toxicity on day 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7
TABLE 12
Therapeutic Effect of Epothilone B, Desoxyepothilone B and Taxol in B6D2F, Mice Bearing B16 Melanomaa
Average Weight Change Average Tumor Volume
Dose (g) (T/C) # Mice
Drug (mg/kg) Day 0 3 5 7 9 11 Day 5 7 9 11 Died
Control 0 26.5 −0.2 0 −0.2 0 +1.0 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00  0/15
Epothilone B 0.4 QD × 6b 27.1 −0.2 −0.6 −1.1 −3.4 −3.9 1.08 1.07 1.27 1.07 1/8
0.8 QD × 5c 27.0 0 −0.8 −3.1 −4.7 −4.7 0.57 0.89 0.46 0.21 5/8
Desoxyepothilone B 10 QD × 8 27.0 −0.7 −0.9 −1.1 −1.5 −0.3 0.23 0.22 0.51 0.28 0/6
20 QD1-4,7-8 26.9 −1.3 −2.2 −1.3 −1.6 −0.8 0.59 0.63 0.58 0.33 0/6
Taxol 4 QD × 8 26.7 +0.1 +0.2 +0.3 +0.4 +0.8 0.62 0.39 0.56 0.51 0/8
6.5 QD × 8 26.7 +0.1 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4 +1.7 0.19 0.43 0.20 0.54 0/8
aB16 melanoma cell 1.2 × 106/mouse was implanted S.C. on day 0. Daily treatments start on day 1 after inoculation. Number of mice in each group: Control, 15; Epothilone B, 8; Desoxythilone B, 5 and Taxol, 8. The average tumor volume of control group on day 5, 7, 9 and 11 were 16, 138, 436 and 1207 mm3, respectively. See FIGS. 44(a) and (b).
bOne mouse died of toxicity on day 10.
cFive mice died of toxicity on day 8, 10, 10, 11, 12. One moribund mouse was sacrificed for toxicological examinations on day 11.
TABLE 13
Therapeutic Effect of Desoxyepothilone B,
Epothilone B, Taxol, and Vinblastine in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenografta
Average Body Weight Change Average Tumor Volume
Dose (g) (T/C)
Drug (mg/kg) Day 7 11 13 15 17 Day 11 13 15 17 Note
Control 27.9 +0.8 +1.1 +1.9 +0.6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0/8 died
Desoxyepothilone B 15   27.1 +0.8 +1.1 +1.6 +1.5 0.65 0.46 0.49 0.41 0/6 died
25b   27.0 +0.4 +0.7 +1.0 +0.7 0.38 0.11 0.05 0.04 0/6 died
(1/6 cured on day 35)
Epothilone B 0.3 26.9 +0.5 +0.4 −0.3 −1.2 1.00 0.71 0.71 0.84 0/7 died
  0.6c 27.4 −0.3 −1.3 −2.1 −2.1 1.08 0.73 0.81 0.74 3/7 died
Taxol 5   26.9 −0.1 +0.4 +1.1 +1.2 0.54 0.46 0.40 0.45 0/7 died
10d   27.6 −2.7 −1.1 −0.3 +2.2 0.43 0.37 0.12 0.11 4/7 died
Vinblastine 0.2 25.7 +0.6 +1.4 +2.3 +2.9 0.65 0.54 0.56 0.88 0/7 died
  0.4c 26.4 +0.8 +0.5 +1.9 +2.1 0.80 0.56 0.83 0.88 1/7 died
aMX-1 tissue 50 μl/mouse was implanted s.c. on day 0. Every other day i.p. treatments were given on day 7, 9, 11, 13 and 15. Number of mice in each group: Control, 8; Desoxyepothilone B, 6; Epothilone B, 7; Taxol, 7 and Vinblastine, 7. The average tumor volume of control group on day 11, 13, 15 and 17 were 386, 915, 1390 and 1903 mm3, respectively See FIG. 45.
bOne out of six mice with no detectable tumor on day 35.
cThree mice died of drug toxicity on day 17. Every other day i.p. treatments were given except day 15.
dFour mice died of drug toxicity on day 13, 13, 13, 15.
eOne mouse died of toxicity on day 15.
TABLE 14
Toxicity of Hematology and
Chemistry of Desoxyepothilone B, and Taxol in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenografta
Hematologyb
WBC Chemistryb
Dose Total Neutrophils Lymph RBC PLT GOT GPT
Drug (mg/kg ip) (103/mm3) (%) (%) (103/mm3) (103/mm3) (U/L) (U/L)
Control 12.9 38 61 8.1  800 (n = 4) 203 45 (n = 4)
Desoxyepo- 25 and 35c 11.8 48 48 8.4  700 (n = 6) 296 55 (n = 3)
thilone B
Taxol
5 and 6d 10.9 51 48 6.1 1083 (n = 5) 438 79 (n = 5)
Normal rangee 6.91˜12.9 8.25˜40.8 62˜90 10.2˜12.0 190˜340 260 138.7
aMinced MX-1 tumor tissue 50 μl/mouse was implanted s.c. on day 0.
bAll assays were determined on day 30; averaged values were given.
c Desoxyepothilone B 25 mg/kg was given i.p. on day 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; 35 mg/kg on day 17, 19, 23, 24, 25.
d Taxol 5 mg/kg was given i.p. on day 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; 6 mg/kg on day 17, 19, 23, 24, 25.
eNormal ranges are for wild type deer mice and C3/Hej mice (obtained from clinical, biochemical and hematological Reference values in Normal Experimental Animals, Brtjm Mitruka, ed., Masson Publishing USA, Inc., N.Y., 1977, and from Clinical Chemistry of Laboratory Animals, Weter F. Loeb, ed., Pergamon Press, 1989)
TABLE 15
Therapeutic Effect of Desoxyepothilone B, Taxol, Adriamycin, and Camptothecin in Nude Mice
Bearing MDR Human MCF-7/Adr Tumor.
Average Body Weight Change Average Tumor Volume
Dose (g) (T/C)
Drug (mg/kg) Day 8 11 13 15 17 Day 11 13 15 17 Died
Control 0 25.0 +2.0 +2.6 +3.1 +3.7 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0/8
DesoxyEpoB 35 25.0 +0.3 +0.7 +0.6 +0.8 0.31 0.27 0.30 0.34 0/8
Taxol 6 25.3 +1.7 +1.8 +0.8 +0.9 0.57 0.66 0.85 0.90 0/8
12 24.5 +0.7 −1.3 −2.4 0 0.50 0.51 0.32 0.40 3/6
Adriamycin 1.8 25.6 +0.2 −0.4 −0.6 −0.4 0.70 0.68 0.84 0.78 0/8
3 24.6 +0.5 −1.5 −3.2 −1.6 0.66 0.83 0.57 0.53 3/6
Camptothecin 1.5 24.4 +1.1 +0.9 +1.7 +1.4 1.08 0.72 0.61 0.72 0/8
3.0 24.5 −0.6 −0.4 −0.8 −0.9 0.95 0.76 0.61 0.43 0/6
MCF-7/Adr cell 3 × 106/mouse was implanted s.c. on day 0. Every other day i.p. treatments were given on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16.
The average tumor volume of control group on day 11, 13, 15 and 17 were 392, 919, 1499 and 2372 mm3, respectively.
As evident from Table 15, desoxyepothilone B performs significantly better than taxol, vinblastine, adriamycin and camptothecin against MDR tumor xenografts (human mammary adeoncarcinoma MCF-7/Adr xenografts). This drug-resistant tumor grows very aggressively and is refractory to taxol and adriamycin at half their lethal doses. Taxol at 6 mg/kg i.p. Q2Dx5 reduced tumor size only 10% while adriamycin resulted in only a 22% reduction on day 17. Whereas, desoxyepothilone B at 35 mg/kg reduced tumor size by 66% on day 17 and yet showed no reduction in body weight or apparent toxicity. Even at the LD50 dosage for taxol (12 mg/kg) or adriamycin (3 mg/kg), desoxyepothilone B still performed more effectively. By comparison, camptothecin at 1.5 and 3.0 mg/kg reduced tumor size by 28% and 57%, respectively. Overall, in comparison with the four important anticancer drugs in current use, i.e., taxol, adriamycin, vinblastine and camptothecin, desoxyepothilone B showed superior chemotherapeutic effect against MDR xenografts.
TABLE 16
Extended Experiment of Desoxyepothilone B, Taxol in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenografta
Average Body Weight Change Average Tumor
Dose (g) Tumor Disappearance Disappear
Drug (mg/kg) Day 8 20 22 24 26 28 Day 20 22 24 26 28 Duration (Day) Died
Desoxyepo B 40 23.0 −1.7 −2.4 −2.4 −1.4 −1.2 2.10b 2/10 3/10 5/10 5/10 44(5/10) 0/10  
Taxol 5 24.0 −1.6 −0.3 +0.1 −0.6 −0.4 0/10  0/10 0/10 0/10 0/10 2/10  
10 No Extended Test 1/6 on day 16 Reappear on day 2/6(0/6)
38
aExtended experiment was going on after 5 times injection (on day 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16). Every other day i.p. treatments were given continuously; Desoxyepothilone B and Taxol on day 18, 20, 22, 24 and 26; Control group mice were sacrificed.
bIn one of the mice, a tumor reappeared on day 20.
As evident form Table 16, extended treatment of nude mice bearing human MX-1 xenographs were desoxyepothilone B results in complete tumor disappearance, with no mortality in any test animals. In conclusion, treatment with desoxyepothilone B shows remarkable specificity with respect to tumor toxicity, but very low normal cell toxicity.
TABLE 17
Therapeutic Effects of Desoxyepothilone B, Taxol in Nude Mice Bearing Human MX-1 Xenograft.
Treatment Schedule # Died of toxicity
Control
Day
8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Tumor Size 19 ± 2 78 ± 8 151 ± 15 372 ± 55 739 ± 123 1257 ± 184 1991 ± 331 Sacrificed (n = 10) 0/10
(mm3)
DESOXYEPOTHILONE B
Dose Schedule
35 mg/kg on day 40 mg/kg on day No Treatment
Day
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 45 47 50 60
Tumor Size
Mouse 1 15 15 40 40 15 32 30 30 30 30 0 0 0 24  S* — 0/10
Mouse 2 23 23 15 15 15 15 30 48 48 0 30 48 900 1200 S —
Mouse 3 15 60 90 105 105 126 96 150 180 0 48 64 600 600 S —
Mouse 4 21 38 38 0 0 10 8 8 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
Mouse 5 12 23 50 12 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Mouse 6 15 40 32 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 30 120 120 S —
Mouse 7 21 30 15 15 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 180 280 S —
Mouse 8 20 48 70 15 15 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 S —
Mouse 9 25 50 40 15 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4
Mouse 10 20 38 38 38 38 25 25 25 0 0 15 15 100 100 S —
TAXOL
Dose Schedule
5 mg/kg on day 5 mg/kg on day
Day
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 45 47 50 60
Tumor Size 17 ± 45 ± 54 128 ± 311 ± 596 ± 1114 ± 1930 ± 2285 ± S ± (n = 10) 2/10
2 7 13 42 115 151 346 569 597
Extended studies → Extended observations → Experiment ended
*S: Sacrificed due to tumor burden
TABLE 18
Toxicity of Epothilone B and Desoxyepothilone B in normal nude mice
Dose and Schedule
Group (mg/kg) Number of mice Died
Control 4 0
Epothilone Ba 0.6 QD × 4 8 8
Desoxyepothilone B  25 QD × 4 6 0
aMice died of toxicity on day 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7

Claims (93)

1. A purified compound having the a structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00064
or a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00065
wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independently H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independendy H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl;
R″ is —CY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl;
Z is O, N(OR6) or N—NR7R8, wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy; and
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein when the compound is of the formula:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00066
R1 is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, (CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00067
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1=hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, 2-(1,3-dioxolanyl)methyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxypropyl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein Z═O.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is hydrogen, and R3 is methyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein n=3.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R″ is —CY═CHX, and X is 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H.
7. A purified compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00068
wherein R1 is H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl,
wherein R1 is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, (CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00069
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched chain alkyl.
9. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, fluorine, cyclic acetal, or NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
10. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by fluorine.
11. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by hydroxy.
12. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
13. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by cyclic acetal.
14. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by a substituted carboxy group.
15. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is ethyl, and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00070
16. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is propyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00071
17. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is hexyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00072
18. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is 2-(1,3--dioxolanyl)methyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00073
19. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is hydroxymethyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00074
20. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is hydroxypropyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00075
21. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by aroyloxy.
22. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by substituted or unsubstituted benzoyloxy.
23. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is a propyl group substituted by benzoyloxy, and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00076
24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a compound having a structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00077
or a compound having a structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00078
wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independantly H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl;
R″ is —CY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl;
Z is O, N(OR6) or N—NR7R8, wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy; and
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and
wherein when the compound is of the formula:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00079
R1 is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, (CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00080
and
a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,
said composition optionally further comprising a cytotoxic agent.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein R1=hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, 2-(1,3-dioxolanyl)methyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxypropyl.
26. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein in the compound Z═O.
27. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein in the compound R2 is hydrogen, and R3 is methyl.
28. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein in the compound n=3.
29. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein in the compound R″ is —CY═CHX, and X is 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00081
wherein R1 is H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl,
wherein R1 is other than H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-hexyl, CH 2 OH, ( CH 2 ) 3 OH, or
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00082
 and
a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,
said composition optionally further comprising a cytotoxic agent.
31. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched chain alkyl.
32. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, fluorine, cyclic acetal, or NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
33. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by fluorine.
34. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by hydroxy.
35. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by cyclic acetal.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by a substituted carboxy group.
38. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is hydrogen and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00083
39. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is methyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00084
40. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is ethyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00085
41. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein the compound R1 is propyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00086
42. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is hexyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00087
43. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 38, wherein in the compound R1 is 2-(1,3-dioxolanyl)methyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00088
44. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is hydroxymethyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00089
45. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is hydroxypropyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00090
46. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by aroyloxy.
47. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by substituted or unsubstituted benzoyloxy.
48. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 30, wherein in the compound R1 is a propyl group substituted by benzoyloxy, and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00091
49. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24 or 30, wherein the cytotoxic agent is an anticancer agent.
50. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 49, wherein the anticancer agent is adnamycin adriamycin.
51. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 49, wherein the anticancer agent is vinblastin.
52. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 49, wherein the anticancer agent is paclitaxel.
53. A method of treating cancer in a subject comprising:
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00092
or a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00093
wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independently H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl;
R″ is —CY═CHX, or H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, wherein X is H, linear or branched chain alkyl, phenyl, or 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H or linear or branched chain alkyl;
Z is O, N(OR6) or N—NR7R8, wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently H or a linear or branched chain alkyl or alkoxy; and
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
said method optionally further comprising administering a cytotoxic agent.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein in the compound R1=hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, 2-(1,3-dioxolanyl)methyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxypropyl.
55. The method of claim 53, wherein in the compound Z═O.
56. The method of claim 53, wherein in the compound R2 is hydrogen, and R3 is methyl.
57. The method of claim 53, wherein in the compound n=3.
58. The method of claim 53, wherein in the compound R″ is —CY═CHX, and X is 2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl, and Y is H.
59. A method for treating cancer in a subject comprising:
administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00094
wherein R1 is H, or linear or branched chain alkyl, which alkyl may be singly or multiply substituted by hydroxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted carboxy, carboxaldehyde, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclic acetal, fluorine, NR4R5, N-hydroximino, or N-alkoxyimino, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, linear or branched chain alkyl,
said method optionally further comprising administering a cytotoxic agent.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched chain alkyl.
61. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl, optionally substituted by hydroxy, fluorine, cyclic acetal, or NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
62. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by fluorine.
63. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by hydroxy.
64. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by NR4R5, wherein R4 and R5 are independently H, phenyl, benzyl, or linear or branched chain alkyl.
65. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by cyclic acetal.
66. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by a substituted carboxy group.
67. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is hydrogen and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00095
68. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is methyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00096
69. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is ethyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00097
70. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is propyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00098
71. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is hexyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00099
72. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is 2-(1,3-dioxolanyl)methyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00100
73. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is hydroxymethyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00101
74. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is hydroxypropyl and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00102
75. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by aroyloxy.
76. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is a linear or branched chain alkyl substituted by substituted or unsubstituted benzoyloxy.
77. The method of claim 59, wherein in the compound R1 is a propyl group substituted by benzoyloxy, and the compound has the structure:
Figure USRE041990-20101207-C00103
78. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the method further comprises administering a cytotoxic agent, wherein said cytotoxic agent is an anticancer agent.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the anticancer agent administered is adriamycin.
80. The method of claim 78, wherein the anticancer agent administered is vinblastin.
81. The method of claim 78, wherein the anticancer agent administered is paclitaxel.
82. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the cancer is a solid tumor.
83. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the cancer is breast cancer, melanoma, leukemia or ovarian cancer.
84. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.001 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg of body weight.
85. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg of body weight.
86. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.001 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg of body weight.
87. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg of body weight.
88. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.001 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight.
89. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight.
90. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.001 mg/kg to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight.
91. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight.
92. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is 25 mg/kg or greater of body weight.
93. The method of claim 53 or 59, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound is between about 25 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg of body weight.
US11/649,750 1996-12-03 2007-01-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof Expired - Lifetime USRE41990E1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/649,750 USRE41990E1 (en) 1996-12-03 2007-01-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US3228296P 1996-12-03 1996-12-03
US3376797P 1997-01-14 1997-01-14
US4756697P 1997-05-22 1997-05-22
US4794197P 1997-05-29 1997-05-29
US5553397P 1997-08-13 1997-08-13
US08/986,025 US6242469B1 (en) 1996-12-03 1997-12-03 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/808,451 US6656961B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-03-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US11/649,750 USRE41990E1 (en) 1996-12-03 2007-01-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/808,451 Reissue US6656961B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-03-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
USRE41990E1 true USRE41990E1 (en) 2010-12-07

Family

ID=27534391

Family Applications (15)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/986,025 Expired - Lifetime US6242469B1 (en) 1996-12-03 1997-12-03 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/662,426 Expired - Lifetime US6300355B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-09-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/686,158 Expired - Lifetime US6369234B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-11 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/691,615 Expired - Lifetime US6284781B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-18 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/808,451 Ceased US6656961B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-03-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/874,514 Expired - Fee Related US6849651B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-06-05 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/004,571 Expired - Fee Related US6972335B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-12-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/058,695 Expired - Lifetime US6828340B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-01-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/374,805 Expired - Fee Related US6723854B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-02-25 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/431,467 Abandoned US20040019089A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-05-07 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/695,582 Abandoned US20040102495A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-10-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US11/649,750 Expired - Lifetime USRE41990E1 (en) 1996-12-03 2007-01-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US11/652,383 Expired - Fee Related US7750164B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2007-01-11 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US12/790,064 Abandoned US20100240721A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2010-05-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US13/040,211 Expired - Fee Related US8481575B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2011-03-03 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Family Applications Before (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/986,025 Expired - Lifetime US6242469B1 (en) 1996-12-03 1997-12-03 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/662,426 Expired - Lifetime US6300355B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-09-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/686,158 Expired - Lifetime US6369234B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-11 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/691,615 Expired - Lifetime US6284781B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-18 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/808,451 Ceased US6656961B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-03-13 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US09/874,514 Expired - Fee Related US6849651B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-06-05 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/004,571 Expired - Fee Related US6972335B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-12-04 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/058,695 Expired - Lifetime US6828340B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-01-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/374,805 Expired - Fee Related US6723854B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-02-25 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/431,467 Abandoned US20040019089A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-05-07 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US10/695,582 Abandoned US20040102495A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-10-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/652,383 Expired - Fee Related US7750164B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2007-01-11 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US12/790,064 Abandoned US20100240721A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2010-05-28 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US13/040,211 Expired - Fee Related US8481575B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2011-03-03 Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (15) US6242469B1 (en)
EP (2) EP0977563B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4579351B2 (en)
AU (1) AU756699B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2273083C (en)
DE (1) DE69734362T2 (en)
TW (1) TW504511B (en)
WO (1) WO1999001124A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110263663A1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2011-10-27 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (183)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK0873341T3 (en) 1995-11-17 2004-01-19 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone derivatives, manufacture and use
US5969145A (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-10-19 Novartis Ag Process for the production of epothilones and intermediate products within the process
ATE267197T1 (en) * 1996-11-18 2004-06-15 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh EPOTHILONE D, ITS PRODUCTION AND ITS USE AS A CYTOSTATIC AGENT OR AS A PLANT PROTECTIVE PRODUCT
US20050043376A1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2005-02-24 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6204388B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-03-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6867305B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2005-03-15 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6380394B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2002-04-30 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
US6660758B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2003-12-09 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
US6441186B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2002-08-27 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
US6605599B1 (en) 1997-07-08 2003-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives
CA2299608A1 (en) * 1997-08-09 1999-02-18 Schering Aktiengesellschaft New epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use
US6320045B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2001-11-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
US6365749B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2002-04-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs
KR100669174B1 (en) * 1998-02-05 2007-01-17 노파르티스 아게 Compositions containing organic compounds
US6683100B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2004-01-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US6194181B1 (en) 1998-02-19 2001-02-27 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for and crystal forms of cytostatics
AU2002300841B2 (en) * 1998-02-19 2006-03-30 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for cytostatics and crystal forms thereof
FR2775187B1 (en) * 1998-02-25 2003-02-21 Novartis Ag USE OF EPOTHILONE B FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF AN ANTIPROLIFERATIVE PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION AND A COMPOSITION COMPRISING EPOTHILONE B AS AN IN VIVO ANTIPROLIFERATIVE AGENT
US6302838B1 (en) 1998-02-25 2001-10-16 Novartis Ag Cancer treatment with epothilones
MXPA00008365A (en) * 1998-02-25 2002-11-07 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof.
US6380395B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-04-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12, 13-cyclopropane epothilone derivatives
US6498257B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-12-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2,3-olefinic epothilone derivatives
GB9810659D0 (en) * 1998-05-18 1998-07-15 Ciba Geigy Ag Organic compounds
DE19826988A1 (en) 1998-06-18 1999-12-23 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone minor components
CN100381566C (en) 1998-11-20 2008-04-16 科森生物科学公司 Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilone and eopthilone derivatives
US6410301B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2002-06-25 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Myxococcus host cells for the production of epothilones
EP1140944B1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2003-08-27 Novartis AG Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents
US6780620B1 (en) 1998-12-23 2004-08-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Microbial transformation method for the preparation of an epothilone
US6596875B2 (en) 2000-02-07 2003-07-22 James David White Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
AU4101800A (en) * 1999-02-11 2000-08-29 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Epothilon derivatives, method for the production and the use thereof as pharmaceuticals
RU2253652C2 (en) 1999-02-22 2005-06-10 Бристол-Маерс Сквибб Компани Modified c-21-epothilones
US20020058286A1 (en) * 1999-02-24 2002-05-16 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6291684B1 (en) 1999-03-29 2001-09-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
CN101481359A (en) 1999-04-15 2009-07-15 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 Cyclic protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US7125875B2 (en) 1999-04-15 2006-10-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclic protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
AU772750C (en) 1999-04-30 2005-02-24 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 6-alkenyl-, 6-alkinyl- and 6-epoxy-epothilone derivatives, process for their production, and their use in pharmaceutical preparations
EP2289549A3 (en) 1999-10-01 2011-06-15 Immunogen, Inc. Immunoconjugates for treating cancer
US6414015B1 (en) 2000-01-28 2002-07-02 Utah State University Laulimalide microtubule stabilizing agents
US6518421B1 (en) * 2000-03-20 2003-02-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of epothilone analogs
US6593115B2 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-07-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Preparation of epothilone intermediates
UA75365C2 (en) 2000-08-16 2006-04-17 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Epothilone analog polymorph modifications, a method for obtaining thereof (variants), a pharmaceutical composition based thereon
JP2005500974A (en) * 2000-10-13 2005-01-13 ザ ユニバーシテイ オブ ミシシッピー Synthesis of epothilones and related analogues
CA2434526C (en) * 2001-01-25 2011-11-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Company Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer
CZ20032022A3 (en) * 2001-01-25 2004-04-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Parenteral formulation containing epothilone analogs
CZ20032021A3 (en) * 2001-01-25 2004-05-12 Bristol@Myersásquibbácompany Methods for administering epothilone analogs when treating cancer ration methods
NZ526871A (en) * 2001-01-25 2006-01-27 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical dosage forms of epothilones for oral administration
CN1610549A (en) * 2001-02-20 2005-04-27 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 Epermycin derivative for treating difficult to cure tumor
IL156988A0 (en) 2001-02-20 2004-02-08 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical compositions containing epothilone derivatives
SK11082003A3 (en) * 2001-03-14 2004-08-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of epotilone analogues and chemotherapeutic agents for treatment of proliferative diseases
US20070203346A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2007-08-30 Oregon State University Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
US6800653B2 (en) * 2001-06-01 2004-10-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Compnay Epothilone derivatives
TWI315982B (en) * 2001-07-19 2009-10-21 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and pharmaceutical uses thereof
WO2003022844A2 (en) * 2001-09-06 2003-03-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
TW200408407A (en) * 2001-11-30 2004-06-01 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc Methods and compositions for modulating the immune system and uses thereof
TW200303202A (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-09-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Method of preparation of 21-amino epothilone derivatives
DE60330651D1 (en) 2002-03-12 2010-02-04 Bristol Myers Squibb Co C3-cyanoepothilonderivate
AU2003218107A1 (en) * 2002-03-12 2003-09-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C12-cyano epothilone derivatives
US6989131B2 (en) * 2002-03-12 2006-01-24 Uop Llc Catalytic reactor with integral evaporator
TW200403994A (en) 2002-04-04 2004-03-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Oral administration of EPOTHILONES
TW200400191A (en) * 2002-05-15 2004-01-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using C-21 modified epothilone derivatives
US7405234B2 (en) 2002-05-17 2008-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US20040072882A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2004-04-15 Kosan Biosciences, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Methods to administer epothilone D
SG162616A1 (en) * 2002-06-10 2010-07-29 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US7008936B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2006-03-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases
SI1767535T1 (en) * 2002-08-23 2010-03-31 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6921769B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2005-07-26 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
RU2311415C2 (en) * 2002-08-23 2007-11-27 Слоан-Кеттеринг Инститьют Фор Кэнсер Рисерч Synthesis of epotilons, their intermediate substances, analogues and their using
US7649006B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2010-01-19 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US7384964B2 (en) * 2002-08-23 2008-06-10 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
RU2368661C2 (en) 2002-09-23 2009-09-27 Бристол-Маерс Сквибб Компани Methods of obtaining, separation and purifying epothilone b and x-ray crystal structures of epothilone b
EP1551378A4 (en) * 2002-10-09 2006-09-06 Kosan Biosciences Inc Epo d + 5-fu/gemcitabine
CA2501610C (en) * 2002-10-11 2012-01-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Inc Epothilone derivatives for the treatment of multiple myeloma
US7632858B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2009-12-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Open chain prolyl urea-related modulators of androgen receptor function
GB0305928D0 (en) * 2003-03-14 2003-04-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2004087045A2 (en) * 2003-03-28 2004-10-14 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Devices, methods, and compositions to prevent restenosis
DE10331004A1 (en) * 2003-07-03 2005-02-24 Schering Ag Process for the preparation of C1-C15 fragments of epothilones and their derivatives
US7820702B2 (en) 2004-02-04 2010-10-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfonylpyrrolidine modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US7378426B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2008-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused heterotricyclic compounds as inhibitors of 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 3
US7696241B2 (en) 2004-03-04 2010-04-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic compounds as modulators of androgen receptor function and method
US7625923B2 (en) 2004-03-04 2009-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Bicyclic modulators of androgen receptor function
US20050215604A1 (en) * 2004-03-26 2005-09-29 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Combination therapies with epothilones and carboplatin
US10675326B2 (en) 2004-10-07 2020-06-09 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Compositions comprising cupredoxins for treating cancer
US20060121511A1 (en) 2004-11-30 2006-06-08 Hyerim Lee Biomarkers and methods for determining sensitivity to microtubule-stabilizing agents
ATE550019T1 (en) 2005-05-17 2012-04-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme CIS-4-Ä(4-CHLOROPHENYL)SULFONYLÜ-4-(2,5-DIFLUOROPHENYL)CYCLOHEXANEPROPANE ACID FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
EP1883627B1 (en) 2005-05-18 2018-04-18 Pharmascience Inc. Bir domain binding compounds
US7893268B2 (en) * 2005-07-27 2011-02-22 University Of Toledo Epithiolone analogues
TW200804345A (en) * 2005-08-30 2008-01-16 Novartis Ag Substituted benzimidazoles and methods of preparation
EP1929019A2 (en) * 2005-09-08 2008-06-11 Chromatin, Inc. Plants modified with mini-chromosomes
GB0603041D0 (en) 2006-02-15 2006-03-29 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
MX2008013427A (en) 2006-04-19 2008-11-04 Novartis Ag 6-o-substituted benzoxazole and benzothiazole compounds and methods of inhibiting csf-1r signaling.
JP5419685B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2014-02-19 ファーマサイエンス・インコーポレイテッド IAPBIR domain binding protein
WO2008039327A2 (en) 2006-09-22 2008-04-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treatment using fatty acid synthesis inhibitors
US20110218176A1 (en) 2006-11-01 2011-09-08 Barbara Brooke Jennings-Spring Compounds, methods, and treatments for abnormal signaling pathways for prenatal and postnatal development
AU2007329375A1 (en) 2006-12-04 2008-06-12 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Compositions and methods to treat cancer with cupredoxins and CpG rich DNA
PL2805945T3 (en) 2007-01-10 2019-09-30 Msd Italia S.R.L. Amide substituted indazoles as poly(ADP-ribose)polymerase (PARP) inhibitors
JP2010518123A (en) 2007-02-08 2010-05-27 ザ・ボード・オブ・トラスティーズ・オブ・ザ・ユニバーシティ・オブ・イリノイ Compositions and methods for preventing cancer with cupredoxins
CA2679659C (en) 2007-03-01 2016-01-19 Novartis Ag Pim kinase inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2008111855A1 (en) * 2007-03-14 2008-09-18 The New Zealand Institute For Plant And Food Research Limited Biosensor, surface coating and assay
WO2008118327A1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-10-02 University Of Toledo Conformationally restrained epothilone analogues as anti-leukemic agents
JP5378362B2 (en) 2007-05-21 2013-12-25 ノバルティス アーゲー CSF-1R inhibitors, compositions and methods of use
JP5501227B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2014-05-21 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーション 4-Carboxybenzylamino derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
HUE024506T2 (en) 2008-04-24 2016-01-28 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Use of epothilone d in treating tau-associated diseases including alzheimer's disease
CN104042612A (en) 2008-11-11 2014-09-17 得克萨斯大学体系董事会 Inhibition Of Mammalian Target Of Rapamycin
EP2413932A4 (en) 2009-04-01 2012-09-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme HAMMER OF ACT ACTIVITY
KR101485645B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-01-22 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINES THAT INCREASE p53 ACTIVITY AND THE USES THEREOF
EP2513098B1 (en) 2009-12-17 2016-11-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Aminopyrimidines as syk inhibitors
NZ602368A (en) 2010-02-12 2014-10-31 Pharmascience Inc Iap bir domain binding compounds
JP5881254B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2016-03-09 セルリアン・ファーマ・インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for the treatment of autoimmune and other diseases
WO2011163330A1 (en) 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel heterocyclic compounds as erk inhibitors
CN107090456B (en) 2010-08-02 2022-01-18 瑟纳治疗公司 Inhibition of beta 1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acids mediated by RNA interference of catenin (cadherin-associated protein)
WO2012024170A2 (en) 2010-08-17 2012-02-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US8883801B2 (en) 2010-08-23 2014-11-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as mTOR inhibitors
US8946216B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2015-02-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indazole derivatives useful as ERK inhibitors
WO2012036997A1 (en) 2010-09-16 2012-03-22 Schering Corporation Fused pyrazole derivatives as novel erk inhibitors
EP2632472B1 (en) 2010-10-29 2017-12-13 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acids (sina)
US9351965B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2016-05-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Indazole derivatives useful as ERK inhibitors
US8846006B2 (en) 2011-01-20 2014-09-30 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System MRI markers, delivery and extraction systems, and methods of manufacture and use thereof
AU2012245971A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2013-10-17 Piramal Enterprises Limited A crystalline form of a salt of a morpholino sulfonyl indole derivative and a process for its preparation
ES2871052T3 (en) 2011-05-31 2021-10-28 Rakovina Therapeutics Inc Tricyclic poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase inhibitors
BR112013031819B1 (en) 2011-06-10 2022-05-03 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc Polymeric support, pharmaceutical composition, compound and support use
CN102863474A (en) 2011-07-09 2013-01-09 陈小平 Platinum compounds for treating cell proliferative diseases and preparation method and application thereof
EP2548877A1 (en) 2011-07-19 2013-01-23 MSD Oss B.V. 4-(5-Membered fused pyridinyl)benzamides as BTK-inhibitors
CN102993239A (en) 2011-09-19 2013-03-27 陈小平 Platinum compound of succinic acid derivative with leaving group containing amino or alkylamino
US9023865B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2015-05-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds that are ERK inhibitors
EP3919620A1 (en) 2012-05-02 2021-12-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Short interfering nucleic acid (sina) compositions
EP2863915B1 (en) 2012-06-22 2017-12-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. SUBSTITUTED DIAZINE AND TRIAZINE SPLEEN TYROSINE KINASE (Syk) INHIBITORS
WO2013192098A1 (en) 2012-06-22 2013-12-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. SUBSTITUTED PYRIDINE SPLEEN TYROSINE KINASE (Syk) INHIBITORS
MX2015004041A (en) 2012-09-28 2015-07-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Novel compounds that are erk inhibitors.
CN104768962B (en) 2012-11-17 2017-04-05 北京市丰硕维康技术开发有限责任公司 Leaving group is the platinum-like compounds of the malonate derivative containing amino or alkylamino
RU2660349C2 (en) 2012-11-28 2018-07-05 Мерк Шарп И Доум Корп. Compositions and methods for treatment of malignant tumour
EP2928504B1 (en) 2012-12-10 2019-02-20 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
US9872918B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2018-01-23 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Hydroxyl-polymer-drug-protein conjugates
JP6387013B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2018-09-12 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションＭｅｒｃｋ Ｓｈａｒｐ ＆ Ｄｏｈｍｅ Ｃｏｒｐ． Substituted imidazopyridines as HDM2 inhibitors
WO2014113942A1 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
EP2948458B1 (en) 2013-01-23 2019-05-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
US9540377B2 (en) 2013-01-30 2017-01-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2,6,7,8 substituted purines as HDM2 inhibitors
US20160030401A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-02-04 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Use of mtor inhibitors for prevention of intestinal polyp growth and cancer
WO2014176216A1 (en) 2013-04-26 2014-10-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminopyrimidines as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
MA38656A1 (en) 2013-06-11 2018-05-31 Bayer Pharma AG Combinations for the treatment of cancer comprising an inhibitor of the mps-1 kinase and a mitosis inhibitor
EP3041938A1 (en) 2013-09-03 2016-07-13 Moderna Therapeutics, Inc. Circular polynucleotides
RU2016117810A (en) 2013-10-11 2017-11-17 Асана Биосайенсис, Ллк CONJUGATES PROTEIN-POLYMER-MEDICINE
EA032231B1 (en) 2013-10-11 2019-04-30 Мерсана Терапьютикс, Инк. Protein-polymer-drug conjugates
WO2015095444A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2015095099A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2015095102A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
DK3089737T3 (en) 2013-12-31 2021-12-13 Rapamycin Holdings Llc ORAL RAPAMYCIN NANOPARTICLE PREPARATIONS AND USE.
JO3589B1 (en) 2014-08-06 2020-07-05 Novartis Ag Protein kinase c inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2016106623A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Benzamide imidazopyrazine btk inhibitors
WO2016106629A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2016106626A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Imidazopyrazine analogs with 3-tertiary carbon substitutions as btk inhibitors
WO2016106628A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2016106624A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tertiary alcohol imidazopyrazine btk inhibitors
US11066396B2 (en) 2016-06-23 2021-07-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 3-aryl- heteroaryl substituted 5-trifluoromethyl oxadiazoles as histonedeacetylase 6 (HDAC6) inhibitors
US11617799B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2023-04-04 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Cleavable tetrazine used in bio-orthogonal drug activation
JOP20190055A1 (en) 2016-09-26 2019-03-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Anti-cd27 antibodies
US10975084B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2021-04-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. KDM5 inhibitors
US11135307B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2021-10-05 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Peptide-containing linkers for antibody-drug conjugates
SG11201908813QA (en) 2017-04-13 2019-10-30 Aduro Biotech Holdings Europe B V Anti-sirp alpha antibodies
CN111315414A (en) 2017-06-22 2020-06-19 梅尔莎纳医疗公司 Methods of producing drug-loaded polymer scaffolds and protein-polymer-drug conjugates
US11098059B2 (en) 2017-11-08 2021-08-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. PRMT5 inhibitors
US10947234B2 (en) 2017-11-08 2021-03-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2019148412A1 (en) 2018-02-01 2019-08-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Anti-pd-1/lag3 bispecific antibodies
EP3787691A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-03-10 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Tetrazines for high click conjugation yield in vivo and high click release yield
WO2019212357A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Compounds comprising a linker for increasing transcyclooctene stability
CN110194772B (en) 2018-07-02 2022-04-05 深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司 Alkynyl (hetero) aromatic ring compounds for inhibiting protein kinase activity
JP7162931B2 (en) 2018-07-17 2022-10-31 深▲チェン▼市塔吉瑞生物医薬有限公司 Alkynyl (hetero)aromatic compounds for inhibiting kinase activity
EP3833667B1 (en) 2018-08-07 2024-03-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme LLC Prmt5 inhibitors
CN112805006B (en) 2018-08-07 2024-09-24 默沙东有限责任公司 PRMT5 inhibitors
EP3833668A4 (en) 2018-08-07 2022-05-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Prmt5 inhibitors
US20230021500A1 (en) 2018-10-29 2023-01-26 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibody-drug conjugates with peptide-containing linkers
IL289094A (en) 2019-06-17 2022-02-01 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B V Tetrazines for high click release speed and yield
ES2981364T3 (en) 2019-06-17 2024-10-08 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B V Compounds for fast and efficient click release
WO2021126731A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Prmt5 inhibitors
CA3230774A1 (en) 2021-09-06 2023-03-09 Veraxa Biotech Gmbh Novel aminoacyl-trna synthetase variants for genetic code expansion in eukaryotes
AU2022395626A1 (en) 2021-11-25 2024-05-30 Veraxa Biotech Gmbh Improved antibody-payload conjugates (apcs) prepared by site-specific conjugation utilizing genetic code expansion
EP4186529A1 (en) 2021-11-25 2023-05-31 Veraxa Biotech GmbH Improved antibody-payload conjugates (apcs) prepared by site-specific conjugation utilizing genetic code expansion
KR20240119102A (en) 2021-12-08 2024-08-06 유럽피안 몰레큘러 바이올로지 래보러토리 Hydrophilic Tetrazine-Functionalized Payload for Preparation of Targeting Conjugates
EP4314031B1 (en) 2022-02-15 2024-03-13 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Masked il12 protein
WO2024013724A1 (en) 2022-07-15 2024-01-18 Pheon Therapeutics Ltd Antibody-drug conjugates
WO2024080872A1 (en) 2022-10-12 2024-04-18 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Strained bicyclononenes
WO2024153789A1 (en) 2023-01-20 2024-07-25 Basf Se Stabilized biopolymer composition, their manufacture and use
WO2024191293A1 (en) 2023-03-10 2024-09-19 Tagworks Pharmaceuticals B.V. Trans-cyclooctene with improved t-linker
WO2025021929A1 (en) 2023-07-27 2025-01-30 Veraxa Biotech Gmbh Hydrophilic trans-cyclooctene (hytco) compounds, constructs and conjugates containing the same

Citations (170)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5021430A (en) * 1985-12-06 1991-06-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Certain N-substituted butyramide derivatives
WO1993010121A1 (en) 1991-11-19 1993-05-27 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilones, process for preparing the same and their use as medicaments and as plant protecting agents
DE19542986A1 (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-05-22 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New epothilone derivatives useful as cytostatics
WO1997019086A1 (en) 1995-11-17 1997-05-29 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilone derivatives, preparation and use
DE19607702A1 (en) 1996-02-29 1997-09-04 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Heterocyclic compounds, manufacturing processes and agents
DE19636343C1 (en) * 1996-08-30 1997-10-23 Schering Ag New (di:methyl)-dioxanyl-methyl-pentanone and related compounds
WO1998008849A1 (en) 1996-08-30 1998-03-05 Novartis Aktiengesellschaft Method for producing epothilones, and intermediate products obtained during the production process
DE19639456A1 (en) * 1996-09-25 1998-03-26 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New epothilone derivatives
DE19645362A1 (en) * 1996-10-28 1998-04-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity
DE19645361A1 (en) * 1996-08-30 1998-04-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity
WO1998022461A1 (en) 1996-11-18 1998-05-28 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilone c, d, e and f, production process, and their use as cytostatic as well as phytosanitary agents
WO1998025929A1 (en) 1996-12-13 1998-06-18 Novartis Ag Epothilone analogs
DE19701758A1 (en) 1997-01-20 1998-07-23 Wessjohann Ludgar A Dr New beta-keto-alcohol derivatives
WO1998038192A1 (en) 1997-02-25 1998-09-03 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilones with a modified side chain
WO1998047891A1 (en) 1997-04-18 1998-10-29 Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh Selective olefin metathesis of bifunctional or polyfunctional substrates in compressed carbon dioxide as reaction medium
DE19821954A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Preparation of epothilone derivatives
DE19720312A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Hoechst Ag Preparation with increased in vivo tolerance
WO1998054966A1 (en) 1997-06-05 1998-12-10 Merck & Co., Inc. A method of treating cancer
DE19726627A1 (en) 1997-06-17 1998-12-24 Schering Ag New intermediates for epothilone
WO1999003848A1 (en) 1997-07-16 1999-01-28 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use
DE19735575A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New di:hydroxy-butanal or -pentene derivatives
DE19735574A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New 3-hydroxy-5-oxo-hexanoic acid derivatives
DE19735578A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New di:hydroxy-hexanone or -pentene derivatives
DE19744135C1 (en) 1997-09-29 1999-03-25 Schering Ag Medical implants coated with epothilone
DE19749717A1 (en) 1997-10-31 1999-05-06 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
WO1999007692A3 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-05-14 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use
WO1999001124A9 (en) 1996-12-03 1999-05-14 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
DE19751200A1 (en) 1997-11-13 1999-05-20 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
WO1999028324A1 (en) 1997-12-04 1999-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
WO1999027890A2 (en) 1997-12-04 1999-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs
US5917084A (en) * 1996-07-03 1999-06-29 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antifungal agents
WO1999043653A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof
WO1999043320A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Novartis Ag Use of epothilones for the treatment of cancer
WO1999039694A3 (en) 1998-02-05 1999-09-23 Novartis Ag Compositions containing organic compounds
DE19813821A1 (en) 1998-03-20 1999-09-23 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
US5969145A (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-10-19 Novartis Ag Process for the production of epothilones and intermediate products within the process
WO1999054330A1 (en) 1998-04-21 1999-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2,3-olefinic epothilone derivatives
WO1999054319A1 (en) 1998-04-21 1999-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12,13-modified epothilone derivatives
WO1999059985A1 (en) 1998-05-18 1999-11-25 Novartis Ag Intermediates for the synthesis of epothilones and methods for their preparation
WO1999042602A3 (en) 1998-02-19 1999-11-25 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for cytostatics and crystal forms thereof
WO2000000485A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-01-06 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Epothilon derivatives, their preparation process, intermediate products and their pharmaceutical use
WO1999058534A3 (en) 1998-05-08 2000-01-13 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone derivatives, a method for the production thereof, and their use
DE19830060A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-02-10 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, used as mitosis regulators e.g. for treating malignant tumors, psoriasis or arthritis
WO1999067252A3 (en) 1998-06-22 2000-03-16 Novartis Ag Epothilone derivatives and their synthesis and use
DE19846493A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-13 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh DNA sequence coding for products involved in the biosynthesis of polyketide or heteropolyketide compounds, especially epothilone
WO1999065913A3 (en) 1998-06-18 2000-04-20 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone minor constituents
WO1999067253A3 (en) 1998-06-22 2000-04-20 Novartis Ag Desmethyl epothilones
DE19849464A1 (en) 1997-04-30 2000-04-27 Schering Ag Stent with polymeric coating having pockets, preferably cyclodextrin stuctures, containing active agent for prophylaxis of restenosis
WO2000037473A1 (en) 1998-12-22 2000-06-29 Novartis Ag Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents
WO1999066028A3 (en) 1998-06-18 2000-06-29 Novartis Ag Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
US6090601A (en) * 1998-01-23 2000-07-18 Kosan Bioscience Sorangium polyketide synthase
US6096757A (en) * 1998-12-21 2000-08-01 Schering Corporation Method for treating proliferative diseases
DE19907588A1 (en) 1999-02-22 2000-08-24 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New C-21 modified epothilone derivatives useful for treating e.g. cancer and other proliferative diseases and inhibiting angiogenesis and inducing apoptosis
DE19908763A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable benzo-fused epothilon derivatives, useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease, are cell division regulators
DE19908765A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable 16-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives are cell division regulators useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease
DE19908760A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable epothilon derivatives having modified macrocyclic ring, useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease, are cell division regulators
WO2000050423A1 (en) 1999-02-22 2000-08-31 Gesellschaft Fuer Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) C-21 modified epothilones
US6117659A (en) * 1997-04-30 2000-09-12 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant narbonolide polyketide synthase
US6121029A (en) * 1998-06-18 2000-09-19 Novartis Ag Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
WO2000058254A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
WO2000057874A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. A process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
DE19908767A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-10-19 Schering Ag New stable, modified epothilone derivatives, are cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or chronic inflammatory disease
DE19921086A1 (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-02 Schering Ag New stable 6-alkenyl- or 6-alkynyl-epothilone derivatives, are cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or chronic inflammatory disease
WO2000066589A1 (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-09 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 6-alkenyl-, 6-alkinyl- and 6-epoxy-epothilone derivatives, process for their production, and their use in pharmaceutical preparations
DE19923001A1 (en) 1999-05-13 2000-11-16 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, used as mitosis regulators e.g. for treating malignant tumors, psoriasis or arthritis
WO2000071521A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2000-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. A process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
WO2000031247A3 (en) 1998-11-20 2000-12-07 Kosan Biosciences Inc Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilone and epothilone derivatives
WO2000047584A3 (en) 1999-02-11 2000-12-28 Schering Ag Epothilon derivatives, method for the production and the use thereof as pharmaceuticals
WO2000049021A3 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-12-28 Schering Ag 16-halogen-epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use
DE19930111A1 (en) 1999-07-01 2001-01-04 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New C-21 modified epothilone derivatives useful for treating e.g. cancer and other proliferative diseases and inhibiting angiogenesis and inducing apoptosis
WO2001010412A1 (en) 1999-08-04 2001-02-15 Novartis Ag Epothilone compositions
US6204388B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-03-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6221641B1 (en) * 1998-07-02 2001-04-24 Leland Stanford Junior University Method for making polyketides
WO2001007439A3 (en) 1999-07-22 2001-05-03 Schering Ag Process for the production of epothiolone b and derivatives as well as intermediate products for this process
WO1999002514A3 (en) 1997-07-08 2001-05-10 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Epothilone derivatives
US6251636B1 (en) * 1998-10-29 2001-06-26 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant oleandolide polyketide synthase
US6262107B1 (en) * 1996-03-12 2001-07-17 Pg-Txl Company L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel prodrugs
US6280999B1 (en) * 1998-01-23 2001-08-28 Kosan Bioscience Sorangium polyketide synthases and encoding DNA therefor
DE19954228A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-09-13 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives used for treating e.g. malignant melanoma, breast carcinoma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis and arthritis
WO2001066154A2 (en) 2000-03-09 2001-09-13 Klar, Ulrich Radioactively labeled epothilone derivatives, method for the production thereof, and their biochemical and pharmaceutical use
US6291684B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2001-09-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
WO2001070716A1 (en) 2000-03-20 2001-09-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the preparation of epothilone analogs and intermediates
DE10015836A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2001-10-11 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives used for treating e.g. malignant melanoma, breast carcinoma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis and arthritis
US6302838B1 (en) * 1998-02-25 2001-10-16 Novartis Ag Cancer treatment with epothilones
US6303767B1 (en) * 1998-11-05 2001-10-16 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acids encoding narbonolide polyketide synthase enzymes from streptomyces narbonensis
DE10020899A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2001-10-25 Schering Ag New 9-oxa-epothilone derivatives, are phase-specific cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or inflammatory disease
DE10020517A1 (en) 2000-04-19 2001-10-25 Schering Ag New 13-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives, are phase-specific cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or inflammatory disease
WO2000039276A9 (en) 1998-12-23 2001-11-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Microbial transformation method for the preparation of an epothilone
DE19954230A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-11-15 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable 16-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives are cell division regulators useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease
WO2001027308A3 (en) 1999-10-08 2001-12-13 Novartis Ag 13-alkyl epothilone derivatives
US20020002162A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2002-01-03 Lee Francis Y. Synergistic methods and compositions for treating cancer
US20020004229A1 (en) 2000-05-02 2002-01-10 Daniel Santi Overproduction hosts for biosynthesis of polyketides
US20020010328A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2002-01-24 Christopher Reeves Polyketide synthase enzymes and recombinant DNA constructs therefor
WO2001092255A3 (en) 2000-05-26 2002-02-28 Kosan Biosciences Inc Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20020042109A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2002-04-11 Vite Gregory D. Preparation of epothilone intermediates
US20020045220A1 (en) 1999-10-13 2002-04-18 Chaitan Khosla Biosynthesis of polyketide synthase substrates
DE10051136A1 (en) 2000-10-16 2002-04-18 Ludger A Wessjohann New alpha-hydroxy-ketone derivatives, useful as intermediates for biologically active polyketides, terpenoids, epothilones and their derivatives
US20020052028A1 (en) 2000-08-09 2002-05-02 Daniel Santi Bio-intermediates for use in the chemical synthesis of polyketides
WO2001064650A3 (en) 2000-03-01 2002-05-10 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20020058286A1 (en) 1999-02-24 2002-05-16 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20020058817A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-05-16 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20020062030A1 (en) 2000-02-07 2002-05-23 White James David Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
US20020065295A1 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-05-30 Daniel Chu Novel polyketide derivatives
WO2002046196A1 (en) 2000-12-07 2002-06-13 Novartis Ag Process for the isolation and purification of epothilones
US6407103B2 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-06-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Indeno [1,2-c] pyrazol-4-ones and their uses
US6410301B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2002-06-25 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Myxococcus host cells for the production of epothilones
US20020086812A1 (en) 1997-03-04 2002-07-04 Schweinfest Clifford W. Methods and compositions for diagnosis and treatment of cancer
US20020091269A1 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-07-11 Avery Mitchell A. Synthesis of epothilones and related analogs
US6419692B1 (en) 1999-02-03 2002-07-16 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Surface protection method for stents and balloon catheters for drug delivery
US20020094991A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-07-18 Gallaher Robert G. Methods and compositions for treating microtubule-mediated viral infections and lesions
WO2002058700A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer
WO2002058701A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Pharmaceutical dosage forms of epothilones for oral administration
WO2002062338A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Parenteral formulation containing epothilone analogs
US20020115686A1 (en) 1999-01-19 2002-08-22 Hoogevest Peter Van Organic compounds
WO2002066038A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Treatment of refractory tumors using epothilone derivatives
US20020119202A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2002-08-29 Hunter William L. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
WO2002066033A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives for the treatment of refractory tumors
WO2002072085A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases
US20020137152A1 (en) 2000-07-25 2002-09-26 Daniel Santi Fermentation process for epothilones
US20020147197A1 (en) 1999-10-08 2002-10-10 Newman Michael J. Methods and compositions for enhancing pharmaceutical treatments
US20020156289A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2002-10-24 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
US20020156110A1 (en) 2001-02-13 2002-10-24 Arslanian Robert L. Epothilone compounds and methods for making and using the same
US20020165265A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2002-11-07 William L. Hunter Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20020169125A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-11-14 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Recombinant production of polyanionic polymers and uses thereof
US20020169190A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-11-14 Rebanta Bandyopadhyay Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer
US20020169135A1 (en) 2000-11-07 2002-11-14 Pardee Arthur B. Method of treating hematologic tumors and cancers
US6489314B1 (en) 2001-04-03 2002-12-03 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
WO2002098868A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2002-12-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives
WO2002072858A3 (en) 2001-02-27 2002-12-19 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Degradation of epothilones and ethynyl substituted epothilones
US20020197261A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2002-12-26 Chun Li Therapeutic agent/ligand conjugate compositions, their methods of synthesis and use
US20020198141A1 (en) 2001-03-23 2002-12-26 Mcchesney James D. Molecular conjugates for use in treatment of cancer
US20030004209A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2003-01-02 Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20030004338A1 (en) 2001-02-01 2003-01-02 Li Wen Sen Process for the preparation of epothilone analogs
EP1121364B1 (en) 1998-10-14 2003-01-08 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Method for producing epothilone b and derivatives thereof
US20030023082A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2003-01-30 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US6515017B1 (en) 1998-03-30 2003-02-04 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030036177A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2003-02-20 Joachim Strohhacker Single colonies of myxobacteria cells
US20030036515A1 (en) 2000-11-07 2003-02-20 Pardee Arthur B. Method of treating hematologic tumors and cancers
WO2003014068A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Protected 3.5-dihydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-valeronitriles for the synthesis of epothilones and derivatives and method for the production and use thereof
US6525197B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2003-02-25 Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh Methods for preparing macrocyclic products by ring-closing diyne metathessis
WO2002074042A3 (en) 2001-03-19 2003-02-27 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising an antidiarrheal agent and an epothilone or an epothilone derivative
US20030045711A1 (en) 2001-02-13 2003-03-06 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20030049841A1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-03-13 Short Jay M. High throughput or capillary-based screening for a bioactivity or biomolecule
US20030054977A1 (en) 1999-10-12 2003-03-20 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Manufacture of polyglutamate-therapeutic agent conjugates
US6538038B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2003-03-25 Oxigene, Inc. Compositions and methods for use in targeting vascular destruction
WO2003026744A1 (en) 2001-09-25 2003-04-03 Alcon, Inc. The use of epothilones and analogs in conjunction with ophthalmic surgery
WO2003029195A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-10 Sumika Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd. Intermediates for epothilone derivative and process for producing these
WO2003029260A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-10 Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. Process for synthesis of organometallic compounds
US20030073205A1 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-04-17 Arslanian Robert L. Production of polyketides
WO2003014063A3 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-05-01 Schering Ag Protected 3.5-dihydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-valeroamides for the synthesis of epothilone and derivatives and method for the production and use thereof
US20030114450A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-06-19 Daniel Santi Benzoquinone ansamycins
US20030114504A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-06-19 Webster Kevin R. Compositions and methods for the treatment of cancer
WO2003049734A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Novartis Ag Compositions comprising epothilones and their use for the treatment of carcinoid syndrome
WO2003053949A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-03 Schering Aktiengesellschaft C1-c6 fragments of epothilones and method for producing such fragments and the derivatives thereof
US20030134883A1 (en) 2001-11-26 2003-07-17 David Myles 14-Methyl-epothilones
WO2003057217A1 (en) 2002-01-14 2003-07-17 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and anti-metabolites
US20030158412A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-08-21 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Protected 3,5-dihydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-valeroamides for the synthesis of epothilones and derivatives and process for the production and the use
WO2002032844A8 (en) 2000-10-16 2003-08-21 Morphochem Ag Epothilone synthesis components iii and iv: asymmetrically substituted acyloins and acyloin derivatives, method for the production thereof and method for the production of epithilone b, d and epothilone derivatives
WO2003018002A3 (en) 2001-08-23 2003-09-04 Novartis Ag Cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl epothilone analogs
WO2001083800A9 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-09-12 Kosan Biosciences Inc Heterologous production of polyketides
WO2003007924A3 (en) 2001-07-19 2003-09-25 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and pharmaceutical uses thereof
WO2003042217A3 (en) 2001-11-15 2003-10-02 Kosan Biosciences Inc Method for making epothilone compounds by bioconversion with microorganisms
WO2002042432A3 (en) 2000-11-22 2003-10-02 Novartis Ag Epothilone resistant cell lines
WO2002080846A3 (en) 2001-04-03 2003-12-04 Kosan Biosciences Inc Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
WO2002067941A8 (en) 2001-02-27 2003-12-18 Novartis Ag Combination comprising a signal transduction inhibitor and an epothilone derivative
WO2003070170A3 (en) 2002-02-15 2004-07-08 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Method of preparation of 21-amino epothilone derivatives
WO2003057830A3 (en) 2001-12-26 2004-08-05 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Compositions and methods for hydroxylating epothilones
US6906188B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-06-14 State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Oregon State University Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
DE19713970B4 (en) 1997-04-04 2006-08-31 R&D-Biopharmaceuticals Gmbh Epothilone Synthesis Building Blocks II - Prenyl Derivatives
DE19638870B4 (en) 1996-09-23 2009-05-14 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH Tubulysins, methods for their production and agents containing them

Family Cites Families (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995003035A1 (en) 1993-07-23 1995-02-02 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Polymerized liposomes with enhanced stability for oral delivery
US5963145A (en) * 1996-02-26 1999-10-05 Universal Electronics Inc. System for providing wireless pointer control
US20040106985A1 (en) * 1996-04-26 2004-06-03 Jang G. David Intravascular stent
JPH10150162A (en) * 1996-11-18 1998-06-02 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US6660758B1 (en) * 1996-12-13 2003-12-09 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
US6780620B1 (en) 1998-12-23 2004-08-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Microbial transformation method for the preparation of an epothilone
ATE342054T1 (en) * 1999-04-14 2006-11-15 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR TREATING CANCER
CN101481359A (en) * 1999-04-15 2009-07-15 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 Cyclic protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US7125875B2 (en) * 1999-04-15 2006-10-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclic protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2001016178A1 (en) 1999-08-27 2001-03-08 University Of Florida MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITION OF IgE PRODUCTION
UA75365C2 (en) 2000-08-16 2006-04-17 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Epothilone analog polymorph modifications, a method for obtaining thereof (variants), a pharmaceutical composition based thereon
US7766956B2 (en) * 2000-09-22 2010-08-03 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Intravascular stent and assembly
US7081454B2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2006-07-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US6900214B2 (en) 2001-03-29 2005-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyano-substituted dihydropyrimidine compounds and their use to treat diseases
CN101816794A (en) 2001-06-25 2010-09-01 味之素株式会社 Antitumor agent
US6903102B2 (en) * 2001-09-06 2005-06-07 Schering Corporation 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 3 inhibitors for the treatment of androgen dependent diseases
EP1340498A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-03 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Use of epothilones in the treatment of brain diseases associated with proliferative processes
DE60330651D1 (en) 2002-03-12 2010-02-04 Bristol Myers Squibb Co C3-cyanoepothilonderivate
US6900208B2 (en) * 2002-03-28 2005-05-31 Bristol Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolopyridazine compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of proliferative disorders
TW200400191A (en) * 2002-05-15 2004-01-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using C-21 modified epothilone derivatives
US20040072882A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2004-04-15 Kosan Biosciences, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Methods to administer epothilone D
US7008936B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2006-03-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases
TW200401638A (en) * 2002-06-20 2004-02-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclic inhibitors of kinases
TWI329112B (en) * 2002-07-19 2010-08-21 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Novel inhibitors of kinases
AU2003265349A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolotriazine kinase inhibitors
PT1546152E (en) * 2002-08-02 2008-03-12 Scripps Research Inst Epothilone derivatives
US20040126379A1 (en) * 2002-08-21 2004-07-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compositions and methods for treating cancer using cytotoxic CD44 antibody immunoconjugates and chemotherapeutic agents
US6921769B2 (en) * 2002-08-23 2005-07-26 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US7649006B2 (en) * 2002-08-23 2010-01-19 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
KR20050057139A (en) * 2002-09-04 2005-06-16 쉐링 코포레이션 Pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
EP1545533A1 (en) * 2002-09-04 2005-06-29 Schering Corporation Pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
JP4790265B2 (en) * 2002-09-04 2011-10-12 シェーリング コーポレイション Novel pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors
KR20050058507A (en) * 2002-09-04 2005-06-16 쉐링 코포레이션 Pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
AU2003270846B2 (en) * 2002-09-19 2006-11-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrazolopyridines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
MY133311A (en) * 2002-09-19 2007-11-30 Schering Corp Novel imidazopyridines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
RU2368661C2 (en) * 2002-09-23 2009-09-27 Бристол-Маерс Сквибб Компани Methods of obtaining, separation and purifying epothilone b and x-ray crystal structures of epothilone b
KR20060010709A (en) * 2002-09-23 2006-02-02 쉐링 코포레이션 Novel imidazopyrazine as a cyclin dependent kinase inhibitor
ATE377600T1 (en) * 2002-09-23 2007-11-15 Schering Corp IMIDAZOPYRAZINE AS CDK INHIBITORS
US20040058899A1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2004-03-25 Klimko Peter G. Use of epothilones and analogs in conjunction with ophthalmic surgery
AU2003275282A1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Novel tyrosine kinase inhibitors
TW200501960A (en) * 2002-10-02 2005-01-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Synergistic kits and compositions for treating cancer
AU2003279911A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2004-05-04 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic formulations
PT1562941E (en) 2002-11-07 2010-01-25 Kosan Biosciences Inc Trans-9,10-dehydroepothilone c and d, analogs thereof and methos of making the same
TW200420565A (en) * 2002-12-13 2004-10-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co C-6 modified indazolylpyrrolotriazines

Patent Citations (268)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5021430A (en) * 1985-12-06 1991-06-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Certain N-substituted butyramide derivatives
WO1993010121A1 (en) 1991-11-19 1993-05-27 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilones, process for preparing the same and their use as medicaments and as plant protecting agents
DE4138042C2 (en) 1991-11-19 1993-10-14 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilones, their production processes and agents containing these compounds
US20030003094A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2003-01-02 Hunter William L. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20020165265A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2002-11-07 William L. Hunter Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20020164377A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2002-11-07 William L Hunter Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20020119202A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2002-08-29 Hunter William L. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US6544544B2 (en) 1993-07-19 2003-04-08 Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
US20030004209A1 (en) 1993-07-19 2003-01-02 Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-angiogenic compositions and methods of use
WO1997019086A1 (en) 1995-11-17 1997-05-29 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilone derivatives, preparation and use
US20010034452A1 (en) 1995-11-17 2001-10-25 Gerhard Hoefle Epothilons C and D, preparation and compositions
EP1186606B1 (en) 1995-11-17 2004-03-17 Gesellschaft für biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilone derivatives, their preparation and utilization
EP0903348B1 (en) 1995-11-17 2002-06-05 Gesellschaft für Biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilone derivatives and preparation thereof
US6288237B1 (en) * 1995-11-17 2001-09-11 Gesellschaft Fur Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) Epothilons C and D, preparation and compositions
DE19542986A1 (en) * 1995-11-17 1997-05-22 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New epothilone derivatives useful as cytostatics
US6613912B2 (en) 1995-11-17 2003-09-02 Gesellschaft Fur Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) Epothilons C and D, preparation and compositions
DE19607702A1 (en) 1996-02-29 1997-09-04 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Heterocyclic compounds, manufacturing processes and agents
US20030073615A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-04-17 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030113335A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-06-19 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030114363A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-06-19 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030130170A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-07-10 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030073617A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-04-17 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030130178A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-07-10 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel dervatives
US20030114518A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-06-19 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030147807A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-08-07 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US20030124055A1 (en) 1996-03-12 2003-07-03 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US6262107B1 (en) * 1996-03-12 2001-07-17 Pg-Txl Company L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel prodrugs
US5917084A (en) * 1996-07-03 1999-06-29 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antifungal agents
US6043372A (en) * 1996-08-30 2000-03-28 Novartis Ag Intermediates in the process for preparing epothilones
DE19645361A1 (en) * 1996-08-30 1998-04-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity
WO1998008849A1 (en) 1996-08-30 1998-03-05 Novartis Aktiengesellschaft Method for producing epothilones, and intermediate products obtained during the production process
US6156905A (en) * 1996-08-30 2000-12-05 Novartis Ag Deoxy epothilones and intermediates utilized in the process for preparing epothilones
DE19636343C1 (en) * 1996-08-30 1997-10-23 Schering Ag New (di:methyl)-dioxanyl-methyl-pentanone and related compounds
US5969145A (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-10-19 Novartis Ag Process for the production of epothilones and intermediate products within the process
DE19638870B4 (en) 1996-09-23 2009-05-14 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH Tubulysins, methods for their production and agents containing them
DE19639456A1 (en) * 1996-09-25 1998-03-26 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New epothilone derivatives
DE19645362A1 (en) * 1996-10-28 1998-04-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Production of epothilone compounds with taxol-like activity
WO1998022461A1 (en) 1996-11-18 1998-05-28 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilone c, d, e and f, production process, and their use as cytostatic as well as phytosanitary agents
WO1999001124A9 (en) 1996-12-03 1999-05-14 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6603023B2 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-08-05 Sloan Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20030125362A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-07-03 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6300355B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-10-09 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US20020058817A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-05-16 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6204388B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-03-20 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6369234B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-04-09 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6284781B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-09-04 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US20030069277A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-04-10 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20030105330A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2003-06-05 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6316630B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-11-13 Sloan Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US20020002194A1 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-01-03 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6242469B1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2001-06-05 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
WO1998025929A1 (en) 1996-12-13 1998-06-18 Novartis Ag Epothilone analogs
US6441186B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2002-08-27 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
US6380394B1 (en) 1996-12-13 2002-04-30 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone analogs
DE19701758A1 (en) 1997-01-20 1998-07-23 Wessjohann Ludgar A Dr New beta-keto-alcohol derivatives
EP0975638B1 (en) 1997-02-25 2002-08-07 Gesellschaft für biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilones with a modified side chain
EP1201666A3 (en) 1997-02-25 2003-03-05 Gesellschaft für biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilones with a modified side chain
US6359140B1 (en) 1997-02-25 2002-03-19 Gesellschaft Fuer Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) Epothilones with modified side chain
WO1998038192A1 (en) 1997-02-25 1998-09-03 GESELLSCHAFT FüR BIOTECHNOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG MBH (GBF) Epothilones with a modified side chain
US20020086812A1 (en) 1997-03-04 2002-07-04 Schweinfest Clifford W. Methods and compositions for diagnosis and treatment of cancer
DE19713970B4 (en) 1997-04-04 2006-08-31 R&D-Biopharmaceuticals Gmbh Epothilone Synthesis Building Blocks II - Prenyl Derivatives
EP0975622B1 (en) 1997-04-18 2002-10-09 Studiengesellschaft Kohle mbH Selective olefin metathesis of bifunctional or polyfunctional substrates in compressed carbon dioxide as reaction medium
WO1998047891A1 (en) 1997-04-18 1998-10-29 Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh Selective olefin metathesis of bifunctional or polyfunctional substrates in compressed carbon dioxide as reaction medium
US6117659A (en) * 1997-04-30 2000-09-12 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant narbonolide polyketide synthase
DE19849464A1 (en) 1997-04-30 2000-04-27 Schering Ag Stent with polymeric coating having pockets, preferably cyclodextrin stuctures, containing active agent for prophylaxis of restenosis
DE19821954A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Preparation of epothilone derivatives
DE19720312A1 (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-19 Hoechst Ag Preparation with increased in vivo tolerance
WO1998054966A1 (en) 1997-06-05 1998-12-10 Merck & Co., Inc. A method of treating cancer
US20030049841A1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-03-13 Short Jay M. High throughput or capillary-based screening for a bioactivity or biomolecule
DE19726627A1 (en) 1997-06-17 1998-12-24 Schering Ag New intermediates for epothilone
WO1999002514A3 (en) 1997-07-08 2001-05-10 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Epothilone derivatives
US6605599B1 (en) 1997-07-08 2003-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives
US6384230B1 (en) 1997-07-16 2002-05-07 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use
EP1001951B1 (en) 1997-07-16 2002-09-25 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use
WO1999003848A1 (en) 1997-07-16 1999-01-28 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Thiazole derivatives, method for their production and use
DE19833750A1 (en) 1997-07-16 1999-02-25 Schering Ag New thiazolyl-alkadienol and -epoxide derivatives
US20030144523A1 (en) 1997-08-09 2003-07-31 Ulrich Klar Epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use
DE19735575A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New di:hydroxy-butanal or -pentene derivatives
DE19735574A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New 3-hydroxy-5-oxo-hexanoic acid derivatives
WO1999007692A3 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-05-14 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, method for producing same and their pharmaceutical use
DE19735578A1 (en) 1997-08-09 1999-02-11 Schering Ag New di:hydroxy-hexanone or -pentene derivatives
DE19744135C1 (en) 1997-09-29 1999-03-25 Schering Ag Medical implants coated with epothilone
DE19749717A1 (en) 1997-10-31 1999-05-06 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
DE19751200A1 (en) 1997-11-13 1999-05-20 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
WO1999028324A1 (en) 1997-12-04 1999-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
US6320045B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2001-11-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
WO1999027890A2 (en) 1997-12-04 1999-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs
US6365749B1 (en) 1997-12-04 2002-04-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of ring-opened epothilone intermediates which are useful for the preparation of epothilone analogs
US6280999B1 (en) * 1998-01-23 2001-08-28 Kosan Bioscience Sorangium polyketide synthases and encoding DNA therefor
US6090601A (en) * 1998-01-23 2000-07-18 Kosan Bioscience Sorangium polyketide synthase
WO1999039694A3 (en) 1998-02-05 1999-09-23 Novartis Ag Compositions containing organic compounds
US6525197B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2003-02-25 Studiengesellschaft Kohle Mbh Methods for preparing macrocyclic products by ring-closing diyne metathessis
US20020165256A1 (en) 1998-02-19 2002-11-07 Hans Hofmann Fermentative preparation process for and crystal forms of cytostatics
WO1999042602A3 (en) 1998-02-19 1999-11-25 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for cytostatics and crystal forms thereof
US6380227B1 (en) 1998-02-19 2002-04-30 Novartis Ag Fermentative preparation process for and crystal forms of cytostatics
WO1999043653A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof
WO1999043320A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Novartis Ag Use of epothilones for the treatment of cancer
US20020028839A1 (en) 1998-02-25 2002-03-07 O'reilly Terence Cancer treatment with epothilones
US6302838B1 (en) * 1998-02-25 2001-10-16 Novartis Ag Cancer treatment with epothilones
DE19813821A1 (en) 1998-03-20 1999-09-23 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives
US20030166507A1 (en) 1998-03-30 2003-09-04 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
US6515017B1 (en) 1998-03-30 2003-02-04 Pg-Txl Company, L.P. Water soluble paclitaxel derivatives
WO1999054318A1 (en) 1998-04-21 1999-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12,13-cyclopropane epothilone derivatives
US6407103B2 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-06-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Indeno [1,2-c] pyrazol-4-ones and their uses
US6380395B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-04-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12, 13-cyclopropane epothilone derivatives
WO1999054330A1 (en) 1998-04-21 1999-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2,3-olefinic epothilone derivatives
US20030060623A1 (en) 1998-04-21 2003-03-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. 2,3-Olefinic epothilone derivatives
US6399638B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12,13-modified epothilone derivatives
WO1999054319A1 (en) 1998-04-21 1999-10-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 12,13-modified epothilone derivatives
US6498257B1 (en) 1998-04-21 2002-12-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2,3-olefinic epothilone derivatives
WO1999058534A3 (en) 1998-05-08 2000-01-13 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone derivatives, a method for the production thereof, and their use
EP1077980B1 (en) 1998-05-08 2003-03-19 Gesellschaft für Biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilone derivatives, a method for the production thereof, and their use
WO1999059985A1 (en) 1998-05-18 1999-11-25 Novartis Ag Intermediates for the synthesis of epothilones and methods for their preparation
US6350878B1 (en) 1998-05-18 2002-02-26 Novartis Ag Intermediates for the synthesis of epothilones and methods for their preparation
EP1275648A1 (en) 1998-06-18 2003-01-15 Gesellschaft für biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Epothilone minor constituents
US6383787B1 (en) 1998-06-18 2002-05-07 Novartis Ag Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
US20020192778A1 (en) 1998-06-18 2002-12-19 Thomas Schupp Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
WO1999066028A3 (en) 1998-06-18 2000-06-29 Novartis Ag Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
US6121029A (en) * 1998-06-18 2000-09-19 Novartis Ag Genes for the biosynthesis of epothilones
WO1999065913A3 (en) 1998-06-18 2000-04-20 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Epothilone minor constituents
WO1999067252A3 (en) 1998-06-22 2000-03-16 Novartis Ag Epothilone derivatives and their synthesis and use
US6531497B1 (en) 1998-06-22 2003-03-11 The Scripps Research Institute Epothilone derivatives and their synthesis and use
WO1999067253A3 (en) 1998-06-22 2000-04-20 Novartis Ag Desmethyl epothilones
WO2000000485A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-01-06 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Epothilon derivatives, their preparation process, intermediate products and their pharmaceutical use
DE19830060A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-02-10 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, used as mitosis regulators e.g. for treating malignant tumors, psoriasis or arthritis
US20010051356A1 (en) 1998-07-02 2001-12-13 Chaitan Khosla Methods for making polyketides
US6221641B1 (en) * 1998-07-02 2001-04-24 Leland Stanford Junior University Method for making polyketides
US20020010328A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2002-01-24 Christopher Reeves Polyketide synthase enzymes and recombinant DNA constructs therefor
DE19846493A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-13 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh DNA sequence coding for products involved in the biosynthesis of polyketide or heteropolyketide compounds, especially epothilone
EP1121364B1 (en) 1998-10-14 2003-01-08 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Method for producing epothilone b and derivatives thereof
US6605726B1 (en) 1998-10-14 2003-08-12 Schering Ag Method for producing epothilone B and derivatives, and intermediate products for this method
US6251636B1 (en) * 1998-10-29 2001-06-26 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant oleandolide polyketide synthase
US6303767B1 (en) * 1998-11-05 2001-10-16 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acids encoding narbonolide polyketide synthase enzymes from streptomyces narbonensis
US20030096381A1 (en) 1998-11-20 2003-05-22 Bryan Julien Production of polyketides
US6410301B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2002-06-25 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Myxococcus host cells for the production of epothilones
WO2000031247A3 (en) 1998-11-20 2000-12-07 Kosan Biosciences Inc Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilone and epothilone derivatives
US6303342B1 (en) * 1998-11-20 2001-10-16 Kason Biosciences, Inc. Recombinant methods and materials for producing epothilones C and D
US6096757A (en) * 1998-12-21 2000-08-01 Schering Corporation Method for treating proliferative diseases
US6387927B1 (en) 1998-12-22 2002-05-14 Novatis Ag Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents
WO2000037473A1 (en) 1998-12-22 2000-06-29 Novartis Ag Epothilone derivatives and their use as antitumor agents
WO2000039276A9 (en) 1998-12-23 2001-11-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Microbial transformation method for the preparation of an epothilone
US20020115686A1 (en) 1999-01-19 2002-08-22 Hoogevest Peter Van Organic compounds
US6419692B1 (en) 1999-02-03 2002-07-16 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Surface protection method for stents and balloon catheters for drug delivery
US6958401B2 (en) 1999-02-05 2005-10-25 The State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Oregon State University Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
US20050192440A1 (en) 1999-02-05 2005-09-01 State Of Or. Acting By & Through The State Board Of Higher Educ. On Behalf Of Or. State University Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
WO2000047584A3 (en) 1999-02-11 2000-12-28 Schering Ag Epothilon derivatives, method for the production and the use thereof as pharmaceuticals
DE19908760A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable epothilon derivatives having modified macrocyclic ring, useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease, are cell division regulators
WO2000049020A3 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-12-28 Schering Ag Novel epothilon derivatives, method for the production thereof and their pharmaceutical application
US20030109500A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2003-06-12 Pero Ronald W. Compositions and methods for use in targeting vascular destruction
US6538038B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2003-03-25 Oxigene, Inc. Compositions and methods for use in targeting vascular destruction
DE19908767A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-10-19 Schering Ag New stable, modified epothilone derivatives, are cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or chronic inflammatory disease
US20020094991A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-07-18 Gallaher Robert G. Methods and compositions for treating microtubule-mediated viral infections and lesions
DE19908765A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable 16-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives are cell division regulators useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease
WO2000049019A3 (en) 1999-02-18 2001-03-01 Schering Ag Novel epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use
DE19908763A1 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable benzo-fused epothilon derivatives, useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease, are cell division regulators
WO2000049021A3 (en) 1999-02-18 2000-12-28 Schering Ag 16-halogen-epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use
US6610736B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2003-08-26 Schering Ag 16-Halogen-epothilone derivatives, method for producing them and their pharmaceutical use
DE19907588A1 (en) 1999-02-22 2000-08-24 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New C-21 modified epothilone derivatives useful for treating e.g. cancer and other proliferative diseases and inhibiting angiogenesis and inducing apoptosis
WO2000050423A1 (en) 1999-02-22 2000-08-31 Gesellschaft Fuer Biotechnologische Forschung Mbh (Gbf) C-21 modified epothilones
US6262094B1 (en) * 1999-02-22 2001-07-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-21 modified epothilones
US20020058286A1 (en) 1999-02-24 2002-05-16 Danishefsky Samuel J. Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
US6291684B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2001-09-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
US6457303B1 (en) 1999-03-29 2002-10-01 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
US20010031880A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2001-10-18 Borzilleri Robert M. Process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
US20020156289A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2002-10-24 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
WO2000058254A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
WO2000057874A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2000-10-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. A process for the preparation of aziridinyl epothilones from oxiranyl epothilones
US6211412B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2001-04-03 The University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
US20020165415A1 (en) 1999-03-29 2002-11-07 Georg Gunda I. Synthesis of epothilones
US6603015B2 (en) 1999-03-29 2003-08-05 University Of Kansas Synthesis of epothilones
DE19921086A1 (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-02 Schering Ag New stable 6-alkenyl- or 6-alkynyl-epothilone derivatives, are cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or chronic inflammatory disease
WO2000066589A1 (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-09 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 6-alkenyl-, 6-alkinyl- and 6-epoxy-epothilone derivatives, process for their production, and their use in pharmaceutical preparations
DE19923001A1 (en) 1999-05-13 2000-11-16 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives, used as mitosis regulators e.g. for treating malignant tumors, psoriasis or arthritis
WO2000071521A1 (en) 1999-05-21 2000-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. A process for the reduction of oxiranyl epothilones to olefinic epothilones
DE19930111A1 (en) 1999-07-01 2001-01-04 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh New C-21 modified epothilone derivatives useful for treating e.g. cancer and other proliferative diseases and inhibiting angiogenesis and inducing apoptosis
WO2001007439A3 (en) 1999-07-22 2001-05-03 Schering Ag Process for the production of epothiolone b and derivatives as well as intermediate products for this process
WO2001010412A1 (en) 1999-08-04 2001-02-15 Novartis Ag Epothilone compositions
US20020065295A1 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-05-30 Daniel Chu Novel polyketide derivatives
WO2001027308A3 (en) 1999-10-08 2001-12-13 Novartis Ag 13-alkyl epothilone derivatives
US20020147197A1 (en) 1999-10-08 2002-10-10 Newman Michael J. Methods and compositions for enhancing pharmaceutical treatments
US20030054977A1 (en) 1999-10-12 2003-03-20 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Manufacture of polyglutamate-therapeutic agent conjugates
US20020045220A1 (en) 1999-10-13 2002-04-18 Chaitan Khosla Biosynthesis of polyketide synthase substrates
DE19954228A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-09-13 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives used for treating e.g. malignant melanoma, breast carcinoma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis and arthritis
DE19954230A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-11-15 Schering Ag New, chemically and metabolically stable 16-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives are cell division regulators useful e.g. for treating malignant tumors or chronic inflammatory disease
US20020062030A1 (en) 2000-02-07 2002-05-23 White James David Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
US6596875B2 (en) 2000-02-07 2003-07-22 James David White Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
WO2001064650A3 (en) 2000-03-01 2002-05-10 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
WO2001066154A2 (en) 2000-03-09 2001-09-13 Klar, Ulrich Radioactively labeled epothilone derivatives, method for the production thereof, and their biochemical and pharmaceutical use
US6518421B1 (en) 2000-03-20 2003-02-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of epothilone analogs
WO2001070716A1 (en) 2000-03-20 2001-09-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company A process for the preparation of epothilone analogs and intermediates
US20020042109A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2002-04-11 Vite Gregory D. Preparation of epothilone intermediates
US6593115B2 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-07-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Preparation of epothilone intermediates
WO2001073103A3 (en) 2000-03-24 2002-05-23 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Preparation of epothilone intermediates
DE10015836A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2001-10-11 Schering Ag New epothilone derivatives used for treating e.g. malignant melanoma, breast carcinoma, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis and arthritis
US20020002162A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2002-01-03 Lee Francis Y. Synergistic methods and compositions for treating cancer
US6537988B2 (en) 2000-03-27 2003-03-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Synergistic methods and compositions for treating cancer
DE10020517A1 (en) 2000-04-19 2001-10-25 Schering Ag New 13-halo or cyano-epothilone derivatives, are phase-specific cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or inflammatory disease
WO2001081342A3 (en) 2000-04-19 2002-05-10 Schering Ag Novel epothilone derivatives, method for the preparation thereof and their pharmaceutical use
US20030139460A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2003-07-24 Wolfgang Schwede 9-oxa-epothilon derivatives, method for the production and use thereof in pharmaceutical preparations
WO2001081341A3 (en) 2000-04-20 2002-04-25 Wolfgang Schwede 9-oxa-epothilon derivatives, method for the production and use thereof in pharmaceutical preparations
DE10020899A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2001-10-25 Schering Ag New 9-oxa-epothilone derivatives, are phase-specific cell division regulators useful for treating malignant tumors, angiogenesis or inflammatory disease
US20030073205A1 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-04-17 Arslanian Robert L. Production of polyketides
WO2001083800A9 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-09-12 Kosan Biosciences Inc Heterologous production of polyketides
US20020004229A1 (en) 2000-05-02 2002-01-10 Daniel Santi Overproduction hosts for biosynthesis of polyketides
US20020045609A1 (en) 2000-05-26 2002-04-18 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
WO2001092255A3 (en) 2000-05-26 2002-02-28 Kosan Biosciences Inc Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20020137152A1 (en) 2000-07-25 2002-09-26 Daniel Santi Fermentation process for epothilones
US20020052028A1 (en) 2000-08-09 2002-05-02 Daniel Santi Bio-intermediates for use in the chemical synthesis of polyketides
WO2002030356A3 (en) 2000-10-13 2004-02-19 Univ Mississipi Synthesis of epothilones and relates analogs
US20020091269A1 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-07-11 Avery Mitchell A. Synthesis of epothilones and related analogs
WO2002032844A8 (en) 2000-10-16 2003-08-21 Morphochem Ag Epothilone synthesis components iii and iv: asymmetrically substituted acyloins and acyloin derivatives, method for the production thereof and method for the production of epithilone b, d and epothilone derivatives
DE10051136A1 (en) 2000-10-16 2002-04-18 Ludger A Wessjohann New alpha-hydroxy-ketone derivatives, useful as intermediates for biologically active polyketides, terpenoids, epothilones and their derivatives
US20020169135A1 (en) 2000-11-07 2002-11-14 Pardee Arthur B. Method of treating hematologic tumors and cancers
US20030036515A1 (en) 2000-11-07 2003-02-20 Pardee Arthur B. Method of treating hematologic tumors and cancers
WO2002042432A3 (en) 2000-11-22 2003-10-02 Novartis Ag Epothilone resistant cell lines
WO2002046196A1 (en) 2000-12-07 2002-06-13 Novartis Ag Process for the isolation and purification of epothilones
WO2002058701A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Pharmaceutical dosage forms of epothilones for oral administration
WO2002058699A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pharmaceutical forms of epothilones for oral administration
US20020177615A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-11-28 Rebanta Bandyopadhyay Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones
WO2002062338A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Parenteral formulation containing epothilone analogs
US6576651B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2003-06-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms and methods for oral administration of epothilones
WO2002058700A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer
US20020143038A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-10-03 Rebanta Bandyopadhyay Parenteral formulation for epothilone analogs
US20020169190A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-11-14 Rebanta Bandyopadhyay Methods of administering epothilone analogs for the treatment of cancer
US20030004338A1 (en) 2001-02-01 2003-01-02 Li Wen Sen Process for the preparation of epothilone analogs
WO2002060904A3 (en) 2001-02-01 2003-02-27 Bristol Myers Squibb Co A process for the preparation of epothilone analogs
US20030045711A1 (en) 2001-02-13 2003-03-06 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20020156110A1 (en) 2001-02-13 2002-10-24 Arslanian Robert L. Epothilone compounds and methods for making and using the same
US20020165257A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-11-07 Lee Francis Y.F. Epothilone derivatives for the treatment of refractory tumors
US20020165258A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-11-07 Lee Francis Y.F. Treatment of refactory tumors using epothilone derivatives
WO2002066033A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives for the treatment of refractory tumors
WO2002066038A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Treatment of refractory tumors using epothilone derivatives
WO2002067941A8 (en) 2001-02-27 2003-12-18 Novartis Ag Combination comprising a signal transduction inhibitor and an epothilone derivative
WO2002072858A3 (en) 2001-02-27 2002-12-19 Biotechnolog Forschung Gmbh Degradation of epothilones and ethynyl substituted epothilones
US20030073677A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2003-04-17 Lee Francis Y.F. Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases
WO2002072085A1 (en) 2001-03-14 2002-09-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combination of epothilone analogs and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative diseases
WO2002074042A3 (en) 2001-03-19 2003-02-27 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising an antidiarrheal agent and an epothilone or an epothilone derivative
US20020169125A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-11-14 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Recombinant production of polyanionic polymers and uses thereof
US20020198141A1 (en) 2001-03-23 2002-12-26 Mcchesney James D. Molecular conjugates for use in treatment of cancer
US6489314B1 (en) 2001-04-03 2002-12-03 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20020193361A1 (en) 2001-04-03 2002-12-19 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
WO2002080846A3 (en) 2001-04-03 2003-12-04 Kosan Biosciences Inc Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
US20020197261A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2002-12-26 Chun Li Therapeutic agent/ligand conjugate compositions, their methods of synthesis and use
US6906188B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-06-14 State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Oregon State University Method for synthesizing epothilones and epothilone analogs
US20030023082A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2003-01-30 Gary Ashley Epothilone derivatives and methods for making and using the same
WO2002098868A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2002-12-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives
US20030087888A1 (en) 2001-06-01 2003-05-08 Alicia Regueiro-Ren Epothilone derivatives
WO2003007924A3 (en) 2001-07-19 2003-09-25 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US20030149281A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-08-07 Schering Ag Protected 3,-5-dihydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-valeronitriles for the synthesis of epothilones and epothilone derivatives and process for the production
WO2003014063A3 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-05-01 Schering Ag Protected 3.5-dihydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-valeroamides for the synthesis of epothilone and derivatives and method for the production and use thereof
US20030158412A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-08-21 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Protected 3,5-dihydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-valeroamides for the synthesis of epothilones and derivatives and process for the production and the use
WO2003014068A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Protected 3.5-dihydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-valeronitriles for the synthesis of epothilones and derivatives and method for the production and use thereof
US20030114450A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-06-19 Daniel Santi Benzoquinone ansamycins
WO2003018002A3 (en) 2001-08-23 2003-09-04 Novartis Ag Cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl epothilone analogs
US20030114504A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-06-19 Webster Kevin R. Compositions and methods for the treatment of cancer
WO2003026744A1 (en) 2001-09-25 2003-04-03 Alcon, Inc. The use of epothilones and analogs in conjunction with ophthalmic surgery
US20030144533A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-07-31 Sumika Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd. Synthetic intermediate for epothilone derivative and production method thereof
WO2003029195A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-10 Sumika Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd. Intermediates for epothilone derivative and process for producing these
WO2003029260A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-10 Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. Process for synthesis of organometallic compounds
WO2003042217A3 (en) 2001-11-15 2003-10-02 Kosan Biosciences Inc Method for making epothilone compounds by bioconversion with microorganisms
US20030134883A1 (en) 2001-11-26 2003-07-17 David Myles 14-Methyl-epothilones
WO2003045324A3 (en) 2001-11-26 2004-04-15 Kosan Biosciences Inc 14-methyl-epothilones
WO2003049734A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Novartis Ag Compositions comprising epothilones and their use for the treatment of carcinoid syndrome
WO2003053949A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-03 Schering Aktiengesellschaft C1-c6 fragments of epothilones and method for producing such fragments and the derivatives thereof
WO2003057830A3 (en) 2001-12-26 2004-08-05 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Compositions and methods for hydroxylating epothilones
WO2003057217A1 (en) 2002-01-14 2003-07-17 Novartis Ag Combinations comprising epothilones and anti-metabolites
WO2003070170A3 (en) 2002-02-15 2004-07-08 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Method of preparation of 21-amino epothilone derivatives
US20030036177A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2003-02-20 Joachim Strohhacker Single colonies of myxobacteria cells

Non-Patent Citations (278)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Ahmed, et al., Total Synthesis of the Microtubule Stabilizing Antitumor Agent Laulimalide and Some Nonnatural Analogues: The Power of Sharpless' Asymmetric Epoxidation J. Org. Chem, 68: 3026-3042, 2003.
Altmann, et al., "Epothilones and Related Structures-A New Class of Microtubule Inhibitiors with Potent in vivo Antitumor Activity" Biochim. Biophys. Acta., 1470(3): M79-M91, 2000.
Altmann, et al., "Microtubule-Stabilizing Agents: A Growing Class of Important Anticancer Drugs" Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol., 5(4): 424-431, 2001.
Altmann, et al., "Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Aza-Epothilones", ChemBioChem (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.), 1(1)/39(3): 67-70, 2000.
Altmann, et al., "Synthetic and Semisynthetic Analogs of Epothilones: Chemistry and Biological Activity" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-287, 1999.
Altmann, et al., Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Highly Potent Analogues of Epothilones B and D. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 10(24): 2765-2768, 2000.
Altmann, et al.,"Epothilones and Their Analogs-Potential New Weapons in the Fight Against Cancer", Chimia, 54: 612-621, 2000.
Appendino, et al., "The Synthesis of Epothilones: Highlights from a Year's Race", Chemtracts, 11(9): 678-696, 1998.
Arslanian, et al., "A New Cytotoxic Epothilone from Modified Polyketide Synthases Heterologously Expresssed in Myxococcus xanthus, " J. Nat. Prod., 65: 1061-1064, 2002).
Avila, et al., "The Use of Microtubule Poisons on Tumor Cells", Cancer J. 10(6): 315-318, 1997.
Awada, et al., New Cytotoxic Agents and Molecular-Targeted Therapies in the Treatment of Metastatic Breast Cancer Review, 4-15, 2002.
Baik, et al., Diastereoselective Cobalt-Catalyzed Aldol and Michael Cycloreductions, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 123: 5112-5113, 2001.
Balog, et al., "A Novel Aldol Condensation with 2-Methyl-4-Pentenal and Its Application to an Improved Total Synthesis of Epothilone B", angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 37(19): 2675-2678, 1998.
Balog, et al., "Stereoselective Syntheses and Evaluation of Compounds in the 8-Desmethylepothilone A Series: Some Surprising Observations . . . " Tetrahedron Letters, 38(26): 4529-4532, 1997.
Balog, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A", Angew Chem. Int. Ed. 61: 2801-2803, 1996.
Bellemin-Laponnaz, et al., "The Kinetic Resolution of Allylic Alchols by a Non-Enzymatic Acylation Catalyst: Application to Natural Product Synthesis" Chem. Commun., 12: 1009-1010, 2000.
Bertinato, et al., "Studies Toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Stereocontrolled Assembly of the Acyl Region and Models for Macrocyclization", J. Org. Chem. 61: 8000-8001, 1996.
Bertini. Chem. Comm. (1970), pp. 144. *
Beyer, et al., "Metabolic Diversity in Myxobacteria . . . " Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1445(2): 185-195, 1999.
Bijoy, et al., "Synthetic Studies Directed Towards Epothilone A", Tetrahedron Letters, 39: 209-212, 1998.
Biswas, et al., Highly Concise Routes to Epothilones: The Total Synthesis and Evaluation of Epothilone 490, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 124: 9825-9832, 2002.
Blum, et al., "In vivo Metabolism of Epothilone B in Tumor-Bearing Nude Mice: Identification of Three New Epothilone B Metabolites by Capillary High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry/Tandem Mass Spectrometry" Rapid. Commun. Mass Spectrom., 15(1): 41-49, 2001.
Bocci, et al., Protracted Low-Dose Effects on Human Endothelial Cell Proliferation and Survival in Vitro Reveal a Selective Antiangiogenic Window for Various Chemotherapeutic Drug Cancer Research, 62: 6938-6943, 2002.
Boddy, et al., Epothilone C. Macrolactonization and Hydrolysis Are Catalyzed by the Isolated Thioesterase Domain of Epothilone Polyketide Synthase, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 125: 3428-3429, 2002.
Bode, et al., "Stereoselective Syntheses of Epothilones A and B via Directed Nitrile Oxide Cycloaddition" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 123(15): 3611-3612, 2001.
Bode, et al., "Stereoselective Synthesis of Epothilones A and B via Nitrile Oxide Cycloadditions and Related Studies" J. Org. Chem., 66(19): 6410-6424, 2001.
Bollag, Daniel M., "Epothilones, a New Class of MT Stabilizing Agents", Cancer Research, 55: 2325-2333, 1995.
Bollag, et al., "Epothilones: Novel Microtubule Stabilizing Agents", Expert Opin. Invest.Drugs. 6(7): 867-873, 1997.
Bornscheuer, et al., "Directed Evolution of an Esterase for the Stereoselective Resolution of a Key Intermediate in the Synthesis of Epothilones", Biotechnol. Bioeng., 58(5): 554-559, 1998.
Borzilleri, et al., "A Novel Application of a Pd(0)-Catalyzed Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction to the Regio and Stereoselective Synthesis of Lactam Analogues of the Epothilone Natural Products" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122(37): 8890-8897, 2000.
Broker, et al., Late Activation of Apoptotic Pathways Plays a Negligible Role in Mediating the Cutotoxic Effects of Discodermolide and Epothilone B in Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Cells Cancer Research, 62: 4081-4088, 2002.
Brummond, et al., "A Novel Application of a Pd(0)-Catalyzed Nucleophilic Substition Reaction to the Regio- and Stereoselective Synthesis of Lactam Analogues of the Epothilone Natural Products" Chemtracts, 14(7): 401-404, 2001.
Buck et al., Epothilones: A New Class of Microtubule-Stabilizing Agents with a Taxol-Like Mechanism of Action, Chemtracts, 11: 671-677, 1998.
Carlomagno, et al., "Derivation of Dihedral Angles from Ch-Ch Dipolar-Dipolar Cross-Correlated Relaxation Rates: A C-C Torsion Involving a Quaternary Carbon Atom in Epothilone A Bound to Tubulin" Angew.Chem.Int.Ed., 42: 2515-2517, 2003.
Carlomagno, et al., "The High-Resolution Solution Structure of Epothilone A Bound to Rubulin: An Understanding of the Structure-Activity Relationships for Powerful Class of Antitumor Agents" Angew.Chem.Int.Ed., 42: 2511-2515, 2003.
Carreira, E., "Discovery and Study of New Reaction Chemistry: Applications in Complex Molecule Assembly" Chimia, 55(10: 818-820, 2001.
Casas, et al.. BINOLAM, a Recoverable Chiral Ligand for Bifunctional Enantioselective Catalysis: The Asymmetric Synthesis of Cyanohydrine Organic Letters, 4(15): 2589-2592, 2002.
Chakraborty, et al., "Radical-Induced Opening of Trisubstituted Epothilones", Tetrahedron Letters, 39: 101-104, 1998.
Chakravarty et al., "Taxoid and Non-Taxoid Inhibitors of Microtubule Disassembly: Molecular Modeling Approach to Eludication of a Common Pharmacophore" Book of Abstracts, 214th ACS National Meeting, Las Vegas, NV, Sep. 7-11, MEDI-075. American Chemical Society.
Chappell, et al., "En Route to a Plant Scale Synthesis of the Promising Antitumor Agent 12,13-Desoxysepothilone B" Org. Letter. 2(11): 1633-1636, 2000.
Chen, et al.. "Epothilone Biosynthesis: Assembly of the Methyliathiazolylcarboxy Starter Unit on the EpoB Subunit" Chem. Biol., 8(9): 899-912, 2001.
Chou, Desoxyepothilone B is curative against tumor xenografts that are refractory to paclitaxel Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, 95: 15798-15802, 1998.
Chou, et al., "Desoxyepothilone B: An Efficacious Microtubule-Targeted Antitumor Agent with a Promising In Vivo Profile Relative to Epothione B", Proc. Natl. Acad Sci., 95: 9642, 1998.
Chou, et al., "The Synthesis, Discovery, and Development of a Highly Promising Class of Microtubule Stabilization Agents: Curative Effects of Desoxyepothilones B and F Against Human Tumor Xenografts in Nude Mice" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 98(14): 8113/8118, 2001.
Chou, et al., Desoxyepothilone B: An Efficacious microtuble-targeted antitumor agent with a promising in vivo profile relative to epothilone B Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, 95: 9642-9647, 1998.
Claus, E. et al., "Synthesis of the C1-C9 Segment of Epothilones", Tetrahedron Letters 38:8:1359-1362 (1997).
Corey, et al., "Chemistry of Diimide, Some New Systems for the Hydrogenation of Multiple Bonds" Tetrahedron Lett. 347-352 1961.
Correia, et al., "Physiochemical Aspects of Tubulin-Interacting Antimitotic Drugs" Curr. Pharm. Des., 7(13): 1213-1228, 2001.
Cowden, et al., Cancer Drugs-Better than Taxol? Nature, 387: 238-239, 1997.
Danishefky, et al., "Structure-Activity Relationships of the Epothilones and the First in Vivo Comparison with Paclitaxel", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 7: 824-826, 1997.
Danishefsky et al., "Chemical Synthesis and Biological Studies of the Epothilones-Microtubule Stabilizing Agents with Enhanced Activity Against Multidrug-Resistant Cell Lines and Tumors" Chem. 21st Century, Ed. Keinan, Wiley-VCH Verlag, 8-36 2001.
Danishefsky, "New Chemical synthesis of the Promising Cancer Chemotherapeutic Agent 12,13-Dexosyepothilone B: Discovery of a Surprising Long-Range Effect on the Diastereoselective of an Aldol Condensation." J. Am. Chem. Soc., 121: 7050-7062, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "A Novel Aldol Condensation with 2-Methyl-4-Pentenal and the Application to an Improved Total Synthesis of Epothilone B", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 37: 2675, 1998.
Danishefsky, et al., "Complex Target Oriented Synthesis in the Drug Discovery Process: A Case History in the dEpoB Series" J. Org. Chem., 64: 8434-8456, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "Desoxyepothilone B is Curative Against Human Tumor Xenografts that are Refractory to Pacilitaxel", Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 95: 15798, 1998.
Danishefsky, et al., "Dianion Equivalents Corresponding to the Polypropionate Domain of Epothilone B" Tetrahedron Letters, 40: 2263-2266, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "En Route to a Plant Scale Synthesis of the Promising Antitumor Agent 12,13- Desocyepothilone B" Org. Letters, 2: 1633-1636, 2000.
Danishefsky, et al., "Epothilones: Microtubule Stabilizing Agents with Enhanced Activity Against Multidrug-Resistant Cell Lines and Tumors." Actualites de Chimie Therpaeutique, Vingt-cinqieme serie, Paul Ehrlich Lecture, Societe de Chimie Therapeutique , Elsevier, Paris, New York, 25: 187-206, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "Insights into Long-Range Structural Effects on the Stereochemistry of Aldol Condensations: A Practical Total Synthesis of Desoxyepothilone F" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 123(22): 5249-5259, 2001.
Danishefsky, et al., "On the Interactivity of Complex Synthesis and Tumor Pharmacology in the Drug Discovery Process: Total Synthesis and Comparative In Vivo Evaluations of the 15-Aza Epothilones" J. Org. Chem., 66(12): 4369-4378, 2001.
Danishefsky, et al., "On the Total Synthesis and Preliminary Biological Evaluatioans of 15 (R) and 15 (S) Aza-DepoB: A Mitsunobu Inversion at C15 in Pre-Epothilone Fragments" Org. Letters, 2: 1637-1639, 2000.
Danishefsky, et al., "Remarkable Long Range Effects on the Diastereoface Selectivity in an Aldol Condensation" Tetrahedron Letters, 40: 2267-2270, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "Remote Effects in Macrolide Formation Through Ring Forming Olefin Metathesis: An Application to the Synthesis of Fully Active Epothilone Congeners", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2733, 1997.
Danishefsky, et al., "The microtubule-stabilizing agents epothilones A and B and their desoxy-derivatives induce mitotic arrest and apoptosis in human prostate cancer cells," Prostate Cancer And Prostatic Diseases, 2: 41-52, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "The Synthesis and Evaluation of 12,13-Benzodesoxyepothilone B: a Highly Convergent Route," Tetrahedron Letters, 40: 6859-6898, 1999.
Danishefsky, et al., "The Total Synthesis and Antitumor Activity of 12, 13-Desoxyepothilone F: An Unexpected Solvolysis Problem at C15, Mediated by Remote Substitution at C21" J. Org. Chem., 65(2): 6525-6533, 2000.
Danishefsky, et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone B: An Extension of the Suzuki Coupling Method and Insights into Structure-Activity Relationships of the Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 36: 757, 1997.
Danishefsky, et al., "Total Synthesis of (−)—Epothilone B: An Extension of the Suzuki Coupling Method and Insights into Structure—Activity Relationships of the Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 36: 757, 1997.
Danishefsky, et al.. "Subtle Variations in the Long Range Transmission of Stereochemical Information: Matched and Mismatches Aldol Reactions" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 39: 4505-4508, 2000.
De Brabander, et al., "Towards a Synthesis of Epothilone A", Synlett, 3:328, 1998.
De Brabander, et al., "Towards a Synthesis of Epothilone A. Rapid Assembly of the C(1)-C(6) and C(7)-C(12) Fragments" Synlett, 6: 692, 1998.
De Brabander, et al., "Towards a Synthesis of Epothilone: A Rapid Assembly of the C(1)-C(6) and C(7)-C(12) Fragments", Synlett, 7: 824-826, 1997.
Delbaldo, et al., Nouveaux medicamenets dans le cancer bronchique La Presse Medicate, 31: 802-809, 2002.
Denmark, et al., "Cyclopropanation with Diazomethane and Bis(Oxazoline) Palladium(II) Complexes", J. Org. Chem. 62:3375-3389, 1997.
Duthaler, et al., "Enantioselective Aldol Reaction of Tert-Butyl Acetate Using Titanium-Carbohydrate Complexes", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 28: 495-497, 1989.
End, et al., "Synthetic Epothilone Analogs with Modifications in the Northern Hemisphere and the Heterocyclic Side-Chain-Synthesis and Biological Evaluation" Proc. ECSOC-3, Proc ECSOC-4, 1999, 2000, Meeting Date 1999-2000, 1431-1442, Ed: Pombo-Villar, Esteban Molecular Diversity Preservation International: Basel, Switz. 2000, Doc. No. 134:311010, 2000.
Essayan, et al., "Successful Parenteral Desensitization to Paclitaxel", J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 97: 42-46, 1996.
Finley, et al., "Metathesis vs. Metasasis: The Chemistry and Biology of The Epothilones", Chem. Ind. 24: 991-996, 1997.
Florsheimer, et al., "Epothilones and Their Analogues-A New Class of Promising Microtubule Inhibitors" Expert Opin. Ther. Pat., 11(6): 951-968, 2001.
Frykman, et al., Control of Secondary Metabolite Congener Distributions via Modulation of the Dissolved Oxygen Tension, Biotechnol. Prog., 18: 913-920, 2002.
Fürstner, "Olefin Metathesis and Beyond", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 39: 3013-3043, 2000.
Furstner, et al., "Concise Total Syntheses of Epothilone A and C Based on Alkyne Metathesis" Chem. Commum., 12: 1057-1059, 2001.
Gabriel, T., "the Chromium Reformatsky Reaction", Tetrahedron Letters, 38: 8, 1363-1366, 1997.
Geng, et al., "Design and Synthesis of De Novo Macrocyclic Hybrids as Potential Anticancer Agents" Abstr. Pap.-Am. Chem. Soc., 221st, MEDI-130, 2001.
Georg, et al., "Studies Toward the Synthesis of Epothilone Affinity Labels" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, MEDI-075, 2000.
Gerlach, et al., "Synthesis of the C(7)-C(17) Segment of Epothilones by a 10-Membered Ring Closing Metathesis Reaction", Synlett, 10: 1108-1110, 1998.
Gerth, et al., "Epothilone A and B: Antifungal and Cytotoxic Compounds", Liebigs Ann. Chem. 74 & 75, 49-53, 1996.
Gerth, et al., "Studies on the Biosynthesis of Epothilones: The Biosynthetic Origin of the Carbon Skeleton" J. Antibiot, 53(12): 1373-1377, 2000.
Gerth, et al., "Studies on the Biosynthesis of Epothilones: the PKS and Epothilone C/D Monooxygenase" J. Antibiot., 54(2): 144-148, 2001.
Gerth, et al.., Epothilons A and B: Antifungal and Cytotoxic Compounds from Sorangium cellulosum (Myxobacteria) Production, Physico-chemical and Biological Properties, The Journal of Antibiotics, 49-53, 1996.
Gerth, K. et al., "Epothilone A and B: Antifungal and Cytotoxic Compounds . . . ", Liebigs Ann. Chem. 74 & 75, 49-53 (1996). *
Giannakakou, et al., "A Common Pharmacophore for Epothilone and Taxanes: A Molecular Basis for Drug Resistance Conferred by Tubulin Mutations in Human Cancer Cells" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 97(6): 2904-2909, 2000.
Giannakakou, et al., "Paclitaxel-Resistant Human Ovarian Cancer Cells Have Mutant beta- Tubulins", J. Biol. Chem. 272(27): 17118-17125, 1997.
Giannakakou, et al., "Paclitaxel-Resistant Human Ovarian Cancer Cells Have Mutant β- Tubulins", J. Biol. Chem. 272(27): 17118-17125, 1997.
Griffin, et al., Molecular Determinants of Epothilone B Derivative (BMS 247550) and Apo-2L/TRAIL-induced Apoptosis of Human Ovarian Cancer Cells, Gynecologic Oncology, 89: 37-47, 2003.
Grubbs, et al., "Ring-Closing Metathesis and Related Processes in Organic Synthesis" Acc. Chem. Res. 28: 446-452, 1995.
Gupta, et al., Understanding Tubulin-Taxol Interactions: Mutations That Impart Taxol Binding to Yeast Tubulin PNAS, 100: 5394-6397, 2003.
Hamashima, et al., "Highly Enantioselective Cyanosilylation of Aldehydes Catalyzed by a Lewis Acid-Lewis Base Bifunctional Catalyst" Tetrahedron, 57(5): 805-814, 2001.
Hardt, et al., "New Natural Epothilones from Sorangium Cellulosum, Strains So ce90/B2 and So ce90/D13: Isolation, Structure Elucidation and SAR Studies" J. Nat. Prod., 64(7): 847-856, 2001.
Harris, et al., Complex Target-Oriented Synthesis in the Drug Discovery Process: A Case History in the dEpoB Series J. Org. Chem., 64: 9434-8456, 1999.
Harris, et al., New Chemical Synthesis of the Promising Cancer Chemotherapeutic Agent 12, 13-Desoxyepothilone B: Discovery of a Surprising Long-Range Effect on the Diastereoselectivity of an Aldol Condensation J. Am. Chem. Soc., 121: 7050-7062, 1999.
Hayward, et al. "Total Synthesis of Rapamycin via a Novel Titanium-Mediated Aldol Macrocyclization Reaction", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 115: 9345-9346, 1993.
He, et al., "A Common Pharmacophore for Taxol and the Epothilones Based on the Biological Activity of a Taxane Molecule Lacking a C-13 Side Chain" Biochemistry, 39(14): 3972-3978, 2000.
He, et al., Novel Molcules that Interact with Microtubules and have Functional Activity Similar to Taxol Elsevier Science Ltd. DDT, 6: 1153-1164, 2001.
He, et al.. "Novel Molecules that Interact with Microtubules and have Functional Activity Similar to Taxol" Drug Discovery Today, 6(22): 1153-1164,2001.
He, Yun et al., "Total Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Epothilones" The Scripps Research Institute Order No.: DA9966202 From: Diss. Abstr. Int., B 2000, 61(3), 414, 2000.
Hindpur, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A" Tetrahedron Letters, 42(42): 7341-7344, 2001.
Hofle, et al., "N-Oxidation of Epothilone A-C and O-Acyl Rearrangement to C-19 and C-21 Substituted Epothilones" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 38(13/14): 1971-1974, 1999.
Hofle, et al., Epothilone A and B—Novel 16-Membered Macrolides with Cytotoxic Activity: Isolation, Crystal Structure, and Conformation in Solution, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl, 35: 1567-1569, 1996.
Hofle, et al., Epothilone A-D and Their Thiazole-Modified Analogs as Novel Anticancer Agents, Pure Appl. Chem., 71: 2019-2024, 1999.
Holland, M., "1. The Synthesis of a Cyclopropyl Taxane Analog via Sequential Diesl-Alder Reactions. 2. The Design and Synthesis of Novel Epothilone Analogs" University of Pennsylvania Order No. DA9953544 From: Diss. Abstr. Int., B2000, 60(12) 6106, 1999.
Hüfle, et al.. "Epothilone A and B-Novel 16-Membered Macrolides with Cytotoxic", Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 35(13,14):, 1567-1569, 1996.
Inokuchi et al., Synlett (1992), pp. 510-512. *
Ivin, "Some Recent Applications of Olefin Metathesis in Organic Synthesis: A Review", J. Mol. Catal. A: Chem, 133(1-2): 1998.
Jaenicke, L., "Epothilone from Amphora" Chem. Unserer Zeit (German), 34(4): 257,2000.
Jiang, et al, "Advances in Research on Novel Natural Anticancer Compounds: Epothilones"Tianran Chanwu Yanjiu Yu Kaifa (Chinese), 11(3): 77-81, 1999.
Johnson, et al.. "Synthesis, Structure Proof, and Biological Activity of Epothilone Cyclopropanes" Org. Lett, 2: 1537-1540, 2000.
Julien, et al., "Isolation and Characterization of the Epothilone Biosynthetic Gene Cluster from Sorangium Cellulosum" Gene, 249(1-2): 153-160, 2000.
Kalesse, et al., "The formal Total Synthesis of Epothilone A" Eur. J. Org. Chem., 11: 2817-2823, 1999.
Klar, et al., "Epothilones" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-288, 2000.
Koch, et al., Diastereoselective Titanium Enolate Aldol Reaction for the Total Synthesis of Epothilones Organic Letters, 2(22): 3811-3814, 2002.
Kowalski, et al., "Activities of the Microtubule-Stabilizing Agents Epothilones A and B", J. of Biol. Chem. 272(4): 2534-2541, 1997.
Krische, et al., "Diasteroselective Cobalt-Catalyzed Aldol and Michael Cycloreductions" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123: 5112-5113, 2001.
Lee, et al., "BMS-247550: A Novel Epothilone Analog with a Mode of Action Similar to Paclitaxel but Possessing Superior Antitumor Efficacy" Clin. Cancer Res., 7(5): 1429-1437, 2001.
Lee, et al., "Insights into Long-Range Structural Effects on the Stereochemistry of Aldol Condensations: A Practical Total Synthesis of Deoxyepothilone F" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123: 5249-5259, 2001.
Lee, et al., "Synthesis of the C11-C21 and C13-C21 Fragments of Epothilones from D-glucose" Bull. Korean Chem. Soc., 21(12): 1177-1178, 2000.
Lee, et al., "Synthesis Toward Epothilone A: A Coupling Reaction Between the Sulfone of C1-C10 and the Allylic Bromide of C11-C21" Bull. Korean Chem. Soc., 20(4): 403-404, 1999.
Lee, et al., "Total Synthesis and Antitumor Activity of 12,13-Desoxyepothilone F: An Unexpected Solvolysis Problem at C21" J. Org. Chem., 65: 6525-6533, 2000.
Li, et al., "Antimitotic Agents" Annu. Rep. Med. Chem., 34: 139-148, 1999.
Li, et al., "Process Development of the Semisynthesis of a Biologically Active Epothilone Analogue" Abstracts of Papers, 222nd ACS National Meeting, Chicago, IL, Aug. 26-30, ORGN-238, 2001.
Li, et al., "Synthesis of a Novel Epothilone B Analog as a Potential Photoaffinity Label" Abstr. Pap.-Am. Chem. Soc. 221st, MEDI-137, 2001.
Lichtner, et al., "Subcellular Distribution of Epothilones in Human Tumor Cells" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 98(20): 11743-11748, 2001.
Lin, et al., "Design, Synthesis and SAR of Novel Hybrid Constructs Based on the Common Pharmacophore for Microtubule-Stabilizing Agents" Book of Abstracts, 217th ACS National meeting, Anaheim, CA, Mar. 21-25, MEDI-038, 1999.
List, et al., "Proline-Catalyzed Direct Asymmetric Aldol Reactions" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 122: 2395-2396, 2000.
Liu, et al., "Chiral Synthesis of C3-13 Segment of Epothilone A", Synlett Letters, 1383-1384, 1997.
Liu, et al., "Epoxide Opening with Acetylide for Synthesis of Epothilone A C7-21 Segment", Tetrahedron Lett. 39(29): 5261-5264, 1998.
Liu, et al., "Synthesis of the C11-16+C27 Segment of Epothilone A", Chin. Chem. Lett.9(1): 35-38, 1998.
Liu, et al., Total Synthesi of Epothilone A through Stereospecific Epoxidation of the p-Methoxybenzyl Ether of Epothilone C Chem. Eur. J., 8(16): 3747-3756, 2002.
Machajewski, et al., "Chemoenzymic Synthesis of Key Epothilone Fragments" Synthesis (Spec. Iss.), 1469-1472, 1999.
March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill (1977); p. 940, section 7-21. *
Martin, "How Stable are Epoxides? A Novel Synthesis of Epothilone B" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed , 39(3): 581-583, 2000.
Martin, et al., Marshall, "Total Synthesis of Epothilone", Nat. Biotechnol. 15(3): 205, 1997.
Martin, et al.. "The 12,13-diol Cyclization Approach for a Truly Stereocontrolled Total Synthesis of Epothilone B and the Synthesis of a Conformationally Restrained Analog" Chem. Eur. J, 42(47): 8373-8377, 2001.
May, et al., "Total Synthesis of (−) Epothilone B", Chem. Commun., 95: 1369-1374, 1998.
McDaid, et al., Validation of the Pharmacodynamics of BMS-247550, an Analogue of Epothilone B, During a Phase I Clinical Study, Clinical Cancer Research, 8: 2035-2043, 2002.
Meng, Dongfang, et al., "Chapter I: The First Total Syntheses of Epothilones A, B, C and D. Chapter II: The First Total Syntheses of 12-epi-CP-263, 114 and 12-epi-CP-225,917" Columbia University Order No. DA9949022 From: Diss. Abstr. Int., B2000, 60(10), 5096 (1999).
Meng, et al., "Studies toward a Synthesis of Epothilone A: Use of Hydropyran Templates for the Mangement of Acyclic Stereochemical Relationships", J. Org. Chem. 61: 23, 7998-8001, 1996.
Meng, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilones A and B", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 119: 42, 10073-10092, 1997.
Moasser et al., "Farnesyl Transferase Inhibitors Cause Enhanced Mitotic Sensitivity to Taxol" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95: 1369-1374, 1998.
Molnar, et al., "The Biosynthetic Gene Cluster for the Microtubule-Stabilizing Agents Epothilones A and B from Sorangium Cellulosum So ce90" Chem. Biol., 7(2): 97-109, 2000.
Muhlradet et al., "Epothilone B Stabilizes Microtubuli of Macrophases Like Taxol" Cancer res. 57: 3344-3346, 1997.
Mulzer, "Progress in the Synthesis of Chiral Heterocyclic Natural Products: Epothilone B and Tartrolon B" J. Heterocycl. Chem., 36(6): 1421-1436, 1999.
Mulzer, et al., "A Novel Highly Stereoselective Total Synthesis of Epothilone B and of its (12R,13R) Acetonide" Tetrahedron Lett, 41(40): 7635-7638, 2000.
Mulzer, et al., "Epothilone B and its Derivatives as Novel Antitumor Drugs: Total and Partial Synthesis and Biological Evaluation" Monatsh. Chem. 131(3): 205-238, 2000.
Mulzer, et al., "Synthesis of the C(11)-C(20) Segment of the Cytotoxic Macrolide Epothilone B", Tetrahedron Letters, 38(44): 7725-7728, 1997.
Mulzer, et al., "Total Syntheses of Epothilones B and D" J. Org. Chem., 65(22); 7456-7467, 2000.
Mulzer, et al.. "Easy Access to the Epothilone Family-Synthesis of Epothilone B", Tetrahedron Letters, 39(47): 8633-8636, 1998.
Mulzer, J. et al., "Synthesis of the C91)-C(9) Segment of Cytotoxic Macrolides Epothilone A and B", Terahedron Letters, 37(51): 9179-9182, 1996.
Nakamura, S., "Total Synthesis of Antitumor Antibiotic Epothilone Having Same Mechanism of Action with Taxol", Kagaku (Kyoto), (In Japanese) 52(7): 70-71, 1997.
Newman, et al., "Antitumor Efficacy of 26-Fluoroepothilone B Against Human Prostate Cancer Xenografts" Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol., 48(4): 319-326, 2001.
Nicalaou et al., "Synthesis of 16-desmethylepothilone B: Improved Methodology for the Rapid, Highly Selective and Convergent Construction of Epothilone B and Analogs" Chem. Commun., 6: 519-520, 1999.
Nicolaou, et al., "An Approach to Epothilones Based on Olefin Metathesis", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 35(20): 2399-2401, 1996.
Nicolaou, et al., "Chemical Biology of Epothilones", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 37: 2014-2015, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., "Chemical Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of cis- and trans-12,13-cyclopropyl and 12,13-cyclobutyl Epothilones and Related Pyridine Side Chain Analogues" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 123(38): 9313-9323, 2001.
Nicolaou, et al., "Chemical Synthesis and Biological Properties of Pyridine Epothilones" Chem. Biol.7(8): 593-599, 2000.
Nicolaou, et al., "Chemistry, Biology and Medicine of Selected Tubulin Polymerizing Agents" Pure Appl. Chem., 71(6): 9898-997, 1999.
Nicolaou, et al., "Designed Epothilones: Combinatorial Synthesis, Tubulin Assembly", Agnew Chem. Inst. Ed. Engl. 36(19): 2097-2103, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "Probing the Rign Size of Epothilone: Total Synthesis of [14]-[15]-[17]", Angew. Chem. 1st. Ed. 37(1/2): 81-87, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., "Probing the Ring Size of Epothilone: Total Synthesis of [14]-, [15]-,[17]-,. . . " Angew. Chem. Int. Ed, 37: 81-87, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., "Recent Developments in the Chemistry, Biology and Medicine of the Epothilones"Chem. Commun., 17: 1523-1535, 2001.
Nicolaou, et al., "Ring-Closing Metathesis in the Synthesis of Epothilones and Polyether Natural Products" Top. Organomet. Chem. 1 (Alkene Metathesis in Organic Synthesis)1: 73-104, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., "Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of 12, 13-cyclopropyl and 12,13- cyclobutyl Epothilones" ChemBioChem (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.), 2(1): 69-75, 2001.
Nicolaou, et al., "Synthesis of Epothilones: A and B in Solid and Solution Phase", Nature, 390: 100, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "The Olefin Metathesis Approach to Epothilone A and Its Analogues", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 7960-7973, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "The Olefin Methathesis Approach to Epothilone A and its Analogs", J. Am. Chem. Soc. Doc. 119(34): 7960-7973, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "Total Synthesis of 16-Desmethylepothilone B, Epothilone B10, Epothilone F, and Related Side chain Modified Epothilone B Analogues", Chem. Eur. J., 6(15): 2783-2800, 2000.
Nicolaou, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A and B Via a Macrolactonization-Based Strategy", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 7974-7991, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Macrolactonization Approach", Angew Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. (1997).
Nicolaou, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone E and Analogues with Modified Side Chains through the Stille Coupling Reaction" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 110: 85-92, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone E and Related Side-Chain Modified Analogues via a Stille Coupling Based Strategy" Bioorg. Med. Chem., 7(5): 665-697, 1999.
Nicolaou, et al., "Totat Synthesis of Oxazole-and Cyclopropane-Containing Epothilone B Analogues", Chem. Eur. J. 3(12): 1971-1986, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., "Totatl Synthesis of Oxazole-and Cyclopropane-Containing Epothilone A Analogues", Chem. Eur. J. 3:12, 1957-1970, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., Chemie und Biologie der Epothilone, Agnew. Chem., 110: 2120-2153, 1998.
Nicolaou, et al., Intellectual Screening of Natural Products for Drugs, Farumashi, 33(12): 133901345, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., Recent Developments in the Chemistry, Biology and Medicine of the Epothilones Chem. Commun., 1523-1535, 2001.
Nicolaou, et al., Synthesis of Epothilones: A and B in Solid and Solution Phase, Nature, 387: 268-272, 1997.
Nicolaou, et al., Variation der Ringgröβe von Epothilonen—Totalsyntheses von [14], [15]-[17 ]-, Angew. Chem. 110(1/2): 85-92, 1998.
Nicolaou, K.C. et al. "Synthesis and Biological Properties of C12,13-Cyclopropyl-Epothilone A and Related Epothilones" Chem. Biol, 5(7): 365-372, 1998.
Nicolaou, K.C. et al., :Synthesis of Epothilones A and B in Solid and Solution Phase, Nature 387(15): 268-272, 238-239, (197).
Nicolaou, K.C. et al., "Total Synthesis of 26-hydroxyepothilone B and related analogues", Chem. Commun. 2343-2344 (1997).
Njaardarson, et al., Application of hitherto unexplored macrocyclization strategies in the epothilone series: novel epothilone analogs by total synthesis, Chem. Commun., 2759-2761, 2002.
Ojima, et al. A Common Pharamcophore for Cytotoxic Natural Products that Stabilize Microtubules Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 96: 4256-4261, 1999.
Ojima, et al., "New-Generaton Taxoids and Hybrids of Microtubule-Stabilizing Anticancer Agents" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-245, 2000.
Panicker, et al.. An unusual Reversal of Stereoselectivity in a Boron Mediated Aldol Reaction: Enantioselective Synthesis of the C1-C6 Segment of the Epothilones Tetrahedron, 56(40): 7859-7868, 2000.
Petrache, et al., "The Role of the Microtubules in Tumor Necrosis Factor-a-Induced Endothelial Cell Permeability", Am.J.Respir.Cell Mol.Biol., 28: 574-581, 2003.
Pradella, et al.. Characterisation, Genome Size and Genetic Manipulation of the Myxobacterium Sorangium Cellulosum So ce56, Archives of Microbiology, 1-17, 2002.
Pryor, et al., The Microtubule Stabilizing Agent Laulimalide Does Not Bind in the Taxoid Site, Kills Cells Resistant to Paclitaxel and Epothilones, and May Not Require Its Epoxide Moiety for Activity Biochemistry, 41: 9109-9115, 2002.
Quitschalle, et al., "Improved Synthesis of the Northern Hemisphere of Epothilone A by a Sharpless Asymmetric Dihydroxylation" Tetrahedron Letters., 40(44): 7765-7768, 1999.
Regentin, et al., "Development of a Cost Effective Epothilone D Process in Myxococcus Xanthus" Abstr. Pap-Am. Chem. Soc. 221st , BIOT-061, 2001.
Regentin, et al., Nutrient Regulation of Epothilone Biosynthesis in Heterologous and Native Production Strains Appl Microbiol Biotechnol, 61: 451-455, 2003.
Regueiro-Ren, et al., "Synthesis and Biological Activity of Novel Epothilone Aziridines" Org. Lett., 3(17): 2693-2696, 2001.
Regueiro-Ren, et al., SAR and pH Stability of Cyano-Substituted Epothilones, Organic Letters, 4(22): 3815-3818, 2002.
Rivkin, et al., Complex Target-Oriented Total Synthesis in the Drug Discovery Process: The Discovery of a Highly Promising Family of Second Generation Epothilones, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 125: 2899-2901, 2003.
Rivkin, et al., On the Introduction of a Trifluoromethyl Substituent in the Epothilone Setting: Chemical Issues Related to Ring Forming Olefin Metathesis and Earliest Biological Findings Organic Letters, 4(23): 4081-4084, 2002.
Rivkin, et al., Total Syntheses of [17]- and [18] Dehydrodesoxyepothilones B via a Consise Ring-Closing Metathesis-Based Strategy: Correlation of Ring Size with Biological Activity in the Epothilone Series J. Org. Chem., 67: 7737-7740, 2002.
Santi, et al., "An Approach for Obtaining Perfect Hybridization Probes for Unknown Polyketide Synthase Genes: A Search for the Epothilone Gene Cluster" Gene, 247(1-2): 97-102, 2000.
Sawada, et al., "Enantioselective Total Synthesis of Epothilone A Using Multifunctional Asymmetric Catalysis" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.,39(1): 209-213, 2000.
Sawada, et al., "Enantioselective Total Synthesis of Epothilones A and B Using Multifunctional Asymmetric Catalysis" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122(43): 10521-10532, 2000.
Schinzer, et al., "New and Convenient Synthesis of ® and (S) of 2-methyl-3-oxa-5-(tert-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)methylpentanoate and 2-methyl-3-oxa-5-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)methylpentanoate" Phosphorus, Sulfur Silicon Relat. Elem., 158: 187-199, 2000.
Schinzer, et al., "Studies Toward the Total Synthesis of Epothilones", Chem. Eur. J. 2(11): 1477-1488, 1996.
Schinzer, et al., "Synthesis of Epothilones. Stereoselective Routes to Epothilone B" Synlett, 8: 861-864, 1998.
Schinzer, et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-epothilone A" Chem.-Eur. J., 5(9): 2483-2491, 1999.
Schinzer, et al., "Total Synthesis of (-)-epothilone B" Chem.-Eur. J., 5(9): 2492-2500, 1999.
Schinzer, et al., "Totatl Synthesis of (-)-Epothilone A", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 36(5): 523-524, 1997.
Schinzer, et al.. "Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Aza-Epothilones" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. ChemBiochem, 1(1): 67-70, 2000.
Schneider, et al., Utilization of Alternate Substrates by the First Three Modules of the Epothilone Synthetase Assembly Line J. Am. Chem.Soc., 124: 11272-11273, 2002.
Scholl, et al., "Increased Ring Closing Metathesis Activity of Ruthenium-Based Olefin Metathesis Catalysts Coordinated with Imidazolin-2-Ylidene Ligands" Tetrahedron Lett. 40: 2247, 1999.
Scudiero, et al., Evaluation of a Soluble Tetrazolium/Formazan Assay for Cell Growth and Drug Sensitivity in Culture Using Human and Other Tumor Cell Lines, Cancer Research, 48: 4827-4833, 1988.
Sefkow, et al., "Oxidative and Reductive Transformations of Epothilone A" Bioorg. Med. Chem.8(21): 3025-3030, 1998.
Sefkow, et al., "Substitutions at the Thiazole Moiety of Epothilone", Heterocycles, 48(12): 2485-2488, 1998.
Sefkow, et al., Derivatization of the C12-C13 Functional Groups of Epothilones A, B, and C, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 8: 3031-3036, 1998.
Shibasaki, et al, "Multifunctional Asymmetric Catalysis" Chem. Pharm. Bull., 49(5): 511-524, 2001.
Shioji, et al., "Synthesis of C1-C6 Fragment for Epothilone A via Lipase-Catalyzed Optical Resolution" Synth. Commun., 31923): 3569-3575, 2001.
Sinha, et al., "Catalytic Antibody Route to the Naturally Occurring Epothilones: Total Synthesis of Epothilones A-F" Chem. Eur. J., 7(8): 1691-1702, 2001.
Sinha, et al., "Regioselective Synthesis of Fluoro Aldols. Studies Toward Fluro Epothilones Syntheses via Antibody Catalysis" Tetrahedron Letters, 41(43): 8243-8246, 2000.
Sinha, et al., "Sets of Aldolase Antibodies with Antipodal Reactivities. Formal Synthesis of Epothilone E by Large Scale Antibody-Catalyzed Resolution of Thiazole Aldol" Org. Lett., 1(10: 1623-1626, 1999.
Sinha, et al., "Synthesis of Epothilone Analogues by Antibody-Catalyzed Resolution of Thiazole Aldol Synthons on a Multigram Scale. Biological Consequences of C-13 Alkylation of Epothilones" ChemBioChem, 2(9): 656-665, 2001.
Sinha, et al., "The Antibody Catalysis Route to the Total Synthesis of Epothilones" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci..95(25): 14603-14608, 1998.
Skehan, et al., New Colorimetric Cytotoxicity Assay for Anticancer-Drug Screening, Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 82: 1107-1112, 1990.
Smart, Fluorine Substituent Effects (on bioactivity) Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 109: 3-11, 2001.
Stachel, et al., "Chemo- and Stereoselective Epoxidation of 12,13-Desoxyepothilone B using 2,2'-dimethyldioxirane" Tetrahedron Lett., 42(39): 6785-6787, 2001.
Stachel, et al., "The Epothilones, Eleutherobins, and Related Types of Molecules" Curr. Pharm. Des., 7(13): 1277-1290, 2001.
Still, et al., "Stereoselective Synthesis of 1,3-Diol Derivatives and Application to the Ansa Bridge of Rifamycin S" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 105: 2487-2489, 1983.
Su, et al., Structure—Activity Relationships of the Epothilones and the First In Vivo Comparison with Paclitaxel Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng.36: 2093-2096, 1997.
Tamao, et al., "Selective Carbon-Carbon Bond Formation by Cross-Coupling of Grignard Reagents with Organic Halides. Catalysis by Nickel-Phospine Complexes" J. Am. Chem. Soc. 94: 4374-4379, 1972.
Tang, et al., "Cloning and Expression of the Epothilone Gene Cluster" Science, 287: 640-642, 2000.
Tang, et al., Generation of Novel Epothilone Analogs with Cytotoxic Activity by Biotransformation The Journal of Antibiotics, 56: 16-23, 2003.
Tanimori, et al., "Easy Access to Both Enantiomers of C7-C12 Segment of Epothilones" Synth. Commun., 29(24): 4353-4360, 1999.
Tanimori, et al., "Simple Synthesis of Both Enantiomers of the C7-C12 Segment of Epothilones" Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem, 62(12): 2428-2430, 1998.
Taylor "A Formal Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: Enantioselective Preparation of the C1-C6 and C7-C12 Fragments" J. Org. Chem., 63(25): 9580-9583, 1998.
Taylor, et al., "Conformational Properties of Epothilone" J. Org. Chem., 64(19): 7224-7228, 1999.
Taylor, et al., "The Conformational Properties of Epothilone" —Erratum J. Org. Chem., 65(17): 5449, 2000.
Taylor, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilones B and D" Org. Lett., 3(14): 2221-2224, 2001.
Taylor, et al., Catalytic Diastereoselective Reductive Aldol Reaction: Optimization of Interdependent Reaction Variables by Arrayed Catalyst Evaluation, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 121: 12202-12203, 1999.
Taylor, et al.. "Towards the Synthesis of Epothilone A: Enantioselective Preparation" Tetrahedron Letters, 38(12): 2061-2064, 1997.
Ter Haar, et al., "Taxanes and Other Microtubule Stabilizing Agents" Expert. Opin. Ther. Pat., 8(5): 571-586, 1998.
Trnka, et al., "The Development of LxX2RU═CHR Olefin Metathesis Catalysts: An Organometallic Success Story", Acc. Chem. Res. 34: 18-31, 2001.
Trnka, et al., The Development of L2X2Ru═CHR Olefin Metathesis Catalysts: An Organometallic Success Story Acc. Chem.Res., 34: 18-29, 2001.
U.S. Appl. No. 08/856,533, filed May 14, 1997, Nicolaou et al.
U.S. Appl. No. 08/923,869, filed Sep. 4, 1997, Nicolaou et al.
U.S. Appl. No. 10/004,571, filed Dec. 4, 2001, Danishefsky et al.
U.S. Appl. No. 60/032,864, filed Dec. 13, 1996, Nicolaou et al.
Valluri, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone B" Org. Lett., 3(23): 3607-3609, 2001.
Victory, et al., "Relative Stereochemistry and Solution Conformation of the Novel Paclitaxel-Like Antimitotic Agent Epothilone A", Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 6(7): 893-898, 1996.
Vite, et al., "Epothilones A and B: Springboards for Emisynthesis of Promising Antimitotic Agents" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-286, 2000.
Von Angerer, E"Tubulin as a Target for Anticancer Drugs" Curr. Opin. Drug Discovery Dev., 3(5): 575-584, 2000.
Walsh, C. "Enzymatic Assembly of Hybrid Polyketide/Nonribosomal Peptide Natural Products" Abstracts of Papers, 222nd ACS National Meeting, Chicago, IL, Aug. 26-30, BIOL-126, 2001.
Wessjohann, et al., "Synthesis of Natural-Product-Based Compound Libraries" Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. , 4: 303-309, 2000.
Wessjohann, et al."Synthetic Access to Epothilones-Natural Products with Extraordinary Anticancer Activity" Org. Synth. Highlights IV Ed: Schmalz, H., Wiley-VCH Verlab GmbH: Weinheim, Germany, 251-267, 2000.
Wessjohann, L., "Epothilones: Promising Natural Products with Taxol-Like Activity", Angew, Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 36(7): 715-718, 1997.
White, et al., "A Highly Stereoselective Synthesis of Epothilone B" J. Org. Chem., 64(3): 684-685, 1998.
White, et al., "Improved Synthesis of Epothilone B Employing Alkylation of an Alkyne for Assembly Subunits" Org. Lett., 1(9): 1431-1434, 1999.
White, et al., "Two Coupling Strategies for a Stereoselective Synthesis of Epothilone B" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-813, 2000.
White, et al., Total Synthesis of Epothilone B, Epothilone D and cis˜and trans-9, 10- Dehydroepothilone D, J. Am. Chem.Soc., 125: 3190, 2003.
White,"Total Synthesis of Epothilone B, Epothilone D, and cis- and trans-9,10-Dehydroepothilone D" J. Am. Chem. Soc., 123(23): 5407-5413, 2001.
Winkler, et al., "A Model for the Taxol (Paclitaxel) Epothilone Pharmacophore", Bioorg., Med. Chem. Letter, 6: 2963-2966, 1996.
Winkler, et al., "Design and Synthesis of Constrained Epothilone Analogs: The Efficient Synthesis of Eleven-Membered Rings by Olefin Metathesis" Tetrahedron, 55(27): 8199-8214, 1999.
Winssinger, et al., "Epothilones and Sarcodictyins: From Combinatorial Libraries to Designed Analogs" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Fransicso, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-289, 2000.
Wittmann, et al., Flavopiridol Down-Regulates Antiapoptotic Proteins and Sensitizes Human Breast Cancer Cells to Epothilone B-induced Apoptosis, Cancer Research, 63: 93-99, 2003.
Wolff, A., "Epothilone A induces Apoptosis in Neuroblastoma Cells with Multiple Mechanisms of Drug Resistance", Int. J. Oncol., 11(1): 123-126, 1997.
Woltering, et al., Development of a Novel In Vitro Human Tissue-Based Angiogenesis Assay to Evaluate the Effect of Antiangiogenic Drugs, Annals of Surgery, 237: 790-800, 2003.
Yang, et al., Total Synthesis of Epothilone A: The Olefin Metathesis Approach: Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 36: 166-168, 1997.
Yoshimura, et al., Synthesis ad Conformation Analysis of (E)-9, 10-Dehydroepothilone B: A Suggestive Link between the Chemistry and Biology of Epothilones, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.42: 2518-2521, 2003.
Zhou, et al., Brominated Derivatives of Noscapine Are Potent Microtubule-Interfering Agents That Perturb Mitosis and Inhibit Cell Proliferation, Molecular Pharmacology, 63: 799-807, 2003.
Zhu, et al., "Methodology Based on Chiral Silanes in the Synthesis of Polypropionate-Derived Natural Products—Total Synthesis of Epothilone A" Eur. J. Org. Chem., 9: 1701-1714, 2001.
Zhu, et al., "Total Synthesis of Epothilone A" Org. Lett., 2(17): 2575-2578, 2000.
Zhu, et al.. "Enzymatic Resolution of Thiazole-Containing Vinyl Carbinols. Synthesis of the C12-C21 Fragment of the Epothilones" Tetrahedron Lett., 41(12): 1863-1866, 2000.
Zhu, et al.. "Studies Toward the total Synthesis of Epothilone A" Book of Abstracts, 219th ACS National Meeting, San Francisco, CA, Mar. 26-30, ORGN-060, 2000.

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110263663A1 (en) * 1996-12-03 2011-10-27 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US8481575B2 (en) * 1996-12-03 2013-07-09 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1386922A3 (en) 2004-04-07
US6972335B2 (en) 2005-12-06
US6656961B2 (en) 2003-12-02
US20080004450A1 (en) 2008-01-03
US6300355B1 (en) 2001-10-09
EP0977563B1 (en) 2005-10-12
CA2273083C (en) 2012-09-18
CA2273083A1 (en) 1999-01-14
US6242469B1 (en) 2001-06-05
EP1386922B1 (en) 2012-04-11
US20050033059A1 (en) 2005-02-10
WO1999001124A9 (en) 1999-05-14
WO1999001124A1 (en) 1999-01-14
AU5792998A (en) 1999-01-25
US6284781B1 (en) 2001-09-04
US8481575B2 (en) 2013-07-09
US6723854B2 (en) 2004-04-20
TW504511B (en) 2002-10-01
US20020002194A1 (en) 2002-01-03
JP2001507716A (en) 2001-06-12
US20040044221A1 (en) 2004-03-04
EP0977563A1 (en) 2000-02-09
US20040102495A1 (en) 2004-05-27
US20030125362A1 (en) 2003-07-03
US6849651B2 (en) 2005-02-01
DE69734362T2 (en) 2006-07-20
US20110263663A1 (en) 2011-10-27
US20030171596A1 (en) 2003-09-11
US6369234B1 (en) 2002-04-09
JP4579351B2 (en) 2010-11-10
US20100240721A1 (en) 2010-09-23
DE69734362D1 (en) 2006-02-23
US7750164B2 (en) 2010-07-06
EP0977563A4 (en) 2001-04-25
EP1386922A2 (en) 2004-02-04
US20040019089A1 (en) 2004-01-29
JP2009298816A (en) 2009-12-24
US6828340B2 (en) 2004-12-07
AU756699B2 (en) 2003-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
USRE41990E1 (en) Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
US6204388B1 (en) Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues thereof
AU758526B2 (en) Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto and analogues therof
US20050043376A1 (en) Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 8

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:SLOAN-KETTERING INSTITUTE FOR CANCER RES;REEL/FRAME:029069/0605

Effective date: 20120910

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 12

CC Certificate of correction